Specificaion

Al Malga Development - Riyadh, KSA
Table of Contents
011000 - Summary
011400 - Work Restrictions
012500 - Substitution Procedures
012600 - Contract Modification Procedures
012900 - Payment Procedures
013113 - Project Coordination
013119 - Project Meetings
013120 - Mechanical And Electrical Coordination
013226 - Construction Progress Reporting
013300 - Submittal Procedures
013523 - Employer Safety Requirements
013543 - Environmental Procedures
014000 - Quality Requirements
014200 - References And Definitions
014529 - Testing Laboratory Services
015000 - Temporary Facilities And Controls
015133 - Temporary Telecommunications
015213 - Field Offices And Sheds
016000 - Product Requirements
017000 - Execution And Closeout Requirements
017123 - Field Engineering
017300 - Execution
017329 - Cutting And Patching
017419 - Construction Waste Management And Disposal
017800 - Closeout Submittals
017823 - Operation And Maintenance Data
017839 - Project Record Documents
019113 - General Commissioning Requirements
General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 Table of Contents
10/09/2014
SECTION 011000 SUMMARY 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1
1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION 1
1.4 REFERENCE 1
1.5 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND USE 1
1.6 TENDER DRAWINGS INTENT AND USE 2
1.7 SITE DOCUMENTATION 2
1.8 PROJECT COMMUNICATION 2
1.9 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS 2
1.10 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY, PERFORMANCE SPECIFIED WORK 3
1.11 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY, CONTRACTOR'S DELEGATED DESIGN WORK 4
1.12 CONTRACT 5
1.13 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS 5
1.14 WORK SEQUENCE 6
1.15 DIVISION OF WORK 6
1.16 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES 6
1.17 INSPECTION AND INVESTIGATION OF SITE 6
1.18 EXISTING SERVICES 6
1.19 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND SERVICES 7
1.20 DAMAGE TO EXISTING UTILITIES AND PROPERTIES 7
1.21 CO-OPERATION 7
1.22 ACQUAINTANCE WITH DOCUMENTS 8
1.23 SPECIALIST WORK 8
1.24 INTENTION OF TERMS 8
1.25 LIAISON WITH POLICE AND LABOUR OFFICERS 8
1.26 LICENCES AND APPROVALS 8
1.27 ENGINEERS APPROVAL 9
1.28 NOTIFICATION OF OPERATIONS 9
1.29 PROTECTION 9
1.30 SCAFFOLDING, PLANT AND MACHINERY 9
1.31 CONVEYING EQUIPMENT 9
1.32 SETTING OUT 9
1.33 DRAWINGS ON SITE 9
1.34 EXPLOSIVES 9
1.35 POWDER ACTUATED FASTENINGS 9
1.36 STORAGE AREA 10
1.37 NOISE LIMITATIONS 10
1.38 OVERLOADING 10
1.39 HOLES THROUGH FLOORS AND WALLS 10
1.40 TRADEMARKS AND LABELS 10
1.41 STANDARDS AND CODES 10
1.42 NUMBER OF ITEMS 10
1.43 DEBRIS 10
1.44 INSPECTION TESTING ALLOWANCES 10
1.45 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THE SITE 10
1.46 PARTIAL POSSESSION 11
1.47 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS 11
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED 12
PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED 12

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 011000 Summary
10/09/2014
SECTION 011000 SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. General: Read this Section in conjunction with other related Division 01 Sections, the general and
supplementary provisions of the Contract Conditions, the Tender Drawings and the Specification.
B. Section Includes
1. Project description.
2. Project information.
3. Supplementary information.
4. Specification format and use.
5. Tender Drawings intent and use.
6. Site documentation.
7. Project communication.
8. Ownership and use of documents.
9. Contractor's responsibility, Performance Specified Work.
10. Contractor's responsibility, Contractor's Delegated Design Work.
11. Contractor's use of the Site.
12. Work restrictions.
13. Contractor's Construction Schedule requirements.
C. Related Work Sections and Documentation
1. Section 013113 Project Coordination.
2. Section 013226 Construction Progress Reporting.
3. Section 013300 Submittal Procedures.
4. Section 014000 Quality Requirements.
5. Section 014200 References.
6. Section 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls
7. Section 016000 Product Requirements.
8. Section 017000 Execution and Closeout Requirements.
9. Section 017800 Closeout Submittals.
1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
A. Work of this Contract comprises Site-works, excavation, road-works, kerbs and footpaths,
landscaping, utilities and all other infrastructure works.
1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION
A. Project Location: Riyadh, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
B. Employer: Med SI Real Estate Fund II, Futuro Tower, Ma'ather Street, Riyadh, Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia.
C. Architect (referred to as Engineer within project documentation): [ . . . . .].
D. Project Manager: Solidere International. Office 19, Home Offices, Cnr of Arouba and Prince Turki
Roads.
1.4 REFERENCE
A. Comply with General Conditions of Contract, Forms of Tender, Conditions of Particular Application,
and the requirements of Division 1 of these Specifications.
B. Division 1 of the specification contains general requirements relating to the Works as a whole and
where the requirements contained herein conflict with the particular requirements contained in other
divisions of the particular Specification, the more stringent shall prevail. The Contractor shall identify
any conflict to the Engineer
C. In examining the requirements of any section of the specification the Contractor shall examine all
other sections of the specification and the other relevant documents and the drawings which affect the
work of that section.
1.5 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND USE

A. The Specification comprises Divisions with Section numbers and titles, as recommended in the latest
version of MasterFormat, published jointly by Construction Specifications Institute (CSI). Terminology
throughout the documents has been adjusted to suit current practices in the Middle East.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 011000 / 1 Summary
10/09/2014
B. The Specification is intended to establish the minimum performance requirements and define the
quality of work by reference to standards of materials and workmanship.
C. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Work Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of
all Sections in the Specification.
D. The majority of the Work Sections of the Specification are a detailed materials and workmanship
specification reflecting the Engineer's design.
1. For landscaping works the Contractor shall be required to complete the Detailed Design and
meet the specified performance requirements, the design responsibility shall still remain with the
Engineer but only upon full review and acceptance by the Engineer of the Contractor's proposed
design as stipulated under the Contract Conditions.
E. No requirement of the Specification shall impose a lesser standard of material or workmanship than
specified in the individual Work Sections of the Specification.
F. Specified performance criteria shall be considered as minimum standards required.
G. The individual Work Sections of the Specification shall constitute a single document.
H. Unless otherwise specified, requirements of the Specification and related documents refer to work to
be provided by, and obligations of, the Contractor and therefore all clauses are addressed to, and
refer to, the Contractor.
1.6 TENDER DRAWINGS INTENT AND USE
A. The Contractor shall provide and do everything necessary for the proper execution of the works,
according to the intent and meaning of the Tender Drawings and Specifications, whether the same
may or may not be particularly shown on the drawings or included in the specification, provided that
the same is reasonably inferable there from.
B. The Works shall be completed in strict accordance with the drawings and specification and any further
drawings or instructions issued or approved by the Employer during the execution of the Works.
C. The intent and meaning contained within Design Drawings are similar in all aspects to Tender
Drawings.
1.7 SITE DOCUMENTATION
A. Maintain a full set of the Tender Drawings, Shop Drawings and the Specification at the Site.
1.8 PROJECT COMMUNICATION
A. All documents transmitted for purposes of administration of the Contract shall be in electronic format
and distributed via transmittal through Aconex Platform, or as directed by the Engineer. This Internet-
based submittal service system logs and stores documents, provides electronic stamping and
signatures and notifies recipients via email. Refer to Section 013113 Project Coordination for
additional requirements.
1. In addition to submittals for review, information and closeout, this system shall be used for
requests for information RFI's, progress documentation, contract modification documents;
including but not limited to supplementary instructions, change proposals, Variation Orders,
applications for payment, field reports and meeting minutes, and any other documents any
participant wishes to make part of the Project Record Documents.
2. The Contractor, Engineer and Employer's Representative shall be required to use this service.
Subcontractors, suppliers and the Engineer's consultants shall be permitted to use. The cost for
this service to be provided shall be borne by the Contractor.
3. Refer to other Division 01 Work Sections for specific hard copy requirements in addition to the
transmittal and submission requirements through the Aconex Platform, or any other as directed
by the Engineer.
1.9 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Refer to the Contract Conditions where applicable for the requirements regarding ownership and use
of the Contract Documents, this includes copyright, patent rights and disclosure requirements.
B. The Tender Drawings and Specification and copies thereof furnished by the Employer are and shall
remain his property. Such documents shall only be used for purposes directly related to this Project.
Such information shall not be communicated to third parties for other purposes without the specific
acceptance of the Employer and the Engineer.
C. Submission or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection
with the Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Engineer's common law
copyright or other reserved rights.
D. Copyright and Patent Right
1. The copyright of any designs or installation details developed for this project by the Engineer
shall be vested in the Engineer and may not be reproduced elsewhere without the Engineer's
written permission. This shall not apply to standard products and designs already in existence
before the date of tender.
E. Disclosure
1. The nature of the design and construction Work performed and any information belonging to the
Engineer, with which the Contractor may become familiar, shall be treated as confidential and
may not be disclosed without the written consent of the Engineer. Do not publish any drawings,
sketches or photographs of the Work or its construction without the prior written consent of the
Engineer.
10/09/2014
1.10 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY, PERFORMANCE SPECIFIED WORK

A. Comply with General Conditions of Contract, Forms of Tender, Conditions of Particular Application,
and the requirements of Division 1 of these Specifications.
B. Division 1 of the specification contains general requirements relating to the Works as a whole and
where the requirements contained herein conflict with the particular requirements contained in other
divisions of the Specification, the more stringent shall prevail. The Contractor shall identify any
conflict to the Engineer.
C. In examining the requirements of any section of the specification, the Contractor shall examine all
other sections of the specification, and the other relevant documents and drawings related to that
section.
D. Material and workmanship performance standards shall be satisfied by the Contractor as specified in
the individual Work Sections of the Specification.
E. Provide and include everything necessary for the execution and completion of the Work strictly in
accordance with the Tender Drawings, the Specification and/ or instructions given by the Engineer and
deliver the Work complete to the acceptance of the Engineer.
F. Where necessary and as indicated in the individual Work Sections of the Specification, provide Shop
Drawings and technical information to demonstrate compliance with the Tender Drawings and
Specification and comply with the submittal process specified in Section 013300 Submittal
Procedures. Refer to Section 014200 References for the definition of Shop Drawings.
1. Produce Shop Drawings, supported by calculations for review by the Engineer.
2. Be responsible for compiling the Shop Drawings and technical specifications of chosen
Subcontractors to ensure that the contractual obligations shall be met to the acceptance of the
Engineer.
3. The Shop Drawings shall finalize manufacturing, interface and installation details.
4. Ensure that necessary amendments are made in a timely manner, unless and until the Engineer
confirms that resubmission is not required. Submit copies of amended Shop Drawings and
documents incorporating necessary amendments.
G. No portion of the Work shall commence without acceptance of the required submittals by the
Engineer.
H. Provide additional bracing, reinforcing, fastenings necessary to ensure that Work shall be installed
safely, taking into account the circumstances and situation in which it is fastened. Be responsible for
conveying expressed concerns of the manufacturers regarding the suitability of products for the
purpose intended.
I. Alternative products may be proposed. Obtain acceptance of proposals by the Engineer in writing
before proceeding. Include in proposals, detailed technical literature to demonstrate that products
shall be of a standard at least equal to, or superior, than that specified, and demonstrate compatibility
with the Tender Drawings and the Specification. The Contractor shall submit comparison sheet for the
Engineer's acceptance.
J. Provide submittals as specified in Section 013300 Submittal Procedures.
1. No portion of the Work shall commence without acceptance of the required submittals by the
Engineer.
K. Comply with the applicable Statutory Authority, Health and Safety (H+S) regulations including the
production and submission of system Risk Assessment analysis reports.
L. Be responsible for correctly installing specified items such that the performance requirements
specified are fully satisfied for the durability required and the expected service life of the product.
Fastenings and other aspects not fully detailed or specified shall be the Contractor's responsibility.
M. Coordinate Work with the work of others, including interfacing of adjoining work.
N. Be responsible for performing testing as specified in the individual Work Sections of the Specification
for each material or component indicated. Refer to Section 014000 Quality Requirements.
O. Submit relevant documents to the Relevant Approving Authorities in accordance with the requirements
of the Specification.
P. Comply with the requirements for Planning Approval regulations stipulated by the Statutory Authority.
1. Submit relevant documents for submission to the appropriate authority department.
2. Provide details, calculations and other relevant information to the Engineer for submission to and
approval by the Statutory Authority. Make adjustments required by the Statutory Authority,
following submissions, to the acceptance of the Engineer.
Q. Set out the Work and accurately coordinate related work, including the interface of adjoining work.
Refer to Section 017000 Execution and Closeout Requirements.
R. Provide warranties and guarantees as specified in the Specification.
S. Be responsible for submitting structural, deflection and other calculations and technical information, as
requested in the Specification, for review by the Engineer. Submissions shall demonstrate compliance
with the Specification.
T. Systems and Materials Preferences

10/09/2014
1. Where the Specification identifies preferred systems and materials, these shall be confirmed as
being suitable for their specified and intended purpose with the Tender return. If the preferred
systems and materials are considered unsuitable, advise at the time of Tender.
2. If, with the Tender, the Contractor submits no alternative proposals to the systems and materials
specified in the Tender Documents, then the specified solutions in the Specification and on the
Tender Drawings are deemed to be acceptable, and shall be warranted by the Contractor.
3. Acceptance of alternative proposals by the Engineer, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of
responsibility to provide similar and suitable systems, materials, components and assemblies,
which shall be used as intended by the manufacturer, and in compliance with the Contract
Documents.
U. Manufacturing and Installation Tolerances
1. The Specification, together with the corresponding Tender Drawings specifies tolerances, which
include dimensional tolerances which the Contractor shall use for the manufacture, sub-
assembly, setting out and installation of the Work.
2. Take account of various specified tolerances and their effect on the Work. Inform the Engineer of
tolerance omissions, inconsistencies or incompatibilities.
3. Maintain the tolerances as defined and demonstrate, upon request by the Engineer, the means
by which specified tolerances shall be assured and, where appropriate, which specialist
equipment and/ or methods shall be used.
4. Verify dimensions of work on Site. Confirm dimensions critical to the Work. Site measurements
shall be undertaken in sufficient time to enable corrective action to be taken to the Work, or the
work of others, to ensure an accurate fit within agreed or implied tolerances.
5. Confirm common reference points and agree with the Engineer. Carry out dimensional checks
prior to the commencement of manufacture.
6. Ensure that any dimensions are compatible and consistent with other relevant design dimensions
and accumulated tolerances and movements.
7. Inform the Engineer of work that does not meet the specified tolerances.
8. The Work shall be free from deformation outside of specified tolerances and shall not be subject
to warping, twisting and/ or perishing, but remain stable, firm, free from vibrations, knocking,
rattles and/ or whistles, squeaks or other such noises, taking into account known or specified
conditions.
9. Details shall be provided for acceptance by the Engineer of the Contractor's proposed methods
for achieving and constantly monitoring the fabrication and erection tolerances during stages of
the Work. Detailed records of the constant control and tolerance achieved shall be submitted to
the Engineer.
10. Determine and report discrepancies in values of existing datum reference points, datum levels,
buildings, foundations or other features to which the Work is related, to the Engineer. Obtain
written instructions before proceeding.
11. The permissible tolerances specified in the Specification shall be progressively checked up to
Taking-Over. Where 2 No. or more different tolerances can be derived by calculation and/ or from
the Tender Drawings for the same dimension, the least tolerance shall apply. Confirm differences
to the Engineer before proceeding. Tolerances shall not be cumulative.
V. Actively record the current records of changes and deviations on Record Documents as specified in
Section 017800 Closeout Submittals.
1.11 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY, CONTRACTOR'S DELEGATED DESIGN WORK
A. Design of landscaping works shall be the responsibility of the Contractor who will develop all
necessary details required to carry out the works, and obtain the Engineer's acceptance before
construction.
B. Contractor's Proposals
1. Refer to the Tender Documents for all requirements regarding Contractor's proposals submitted
during the evaluation period prior to Contract Award and within the Contract Conditions for
requirements after the Contract Award.
C. Supplemental Information after Contract Award
1. Provide supplemental information for designs, materials, systems, methods, installation and
procedures as required by the Engineer after the Contract Award.
2. Supplemental information shall comply with the Design Intent, functional and performance
requirements of the Design.
3. Where alternative Subcontractor, suppliers or products are proposed, they shall not be used until
written acceptance is received from the Engineer.
4. Submit relevant information sufficient to demonstrate compliance with the Specification to the
applicable Statutory Authority.
D. Delegated Design Requirements
1. For the Contractor's Delegated Design Work as indicated in the individual Work Sections of the
Specification, maintain the function, visual requirements, performance and Design Intent as
indicated in the Contract Documents.

10/09/2014
2. The Specification shall not be altered without the Engineer's prior written consent.
3. The design and visual character of the project is important and shall be maintained. Hence, there
shall be no variation in the final finish, which shall remain visually consistent, and within accepted
tolerances and accepted samples.
4. For Work where the Contractor shall be required by the Engineer to complete portions of the
Design scope provide the following.
a) Comply with relevant codes of practice, standards, fire regulations, International Building
Code (IBC), local Authority regulations, safety regulations, Statutory Authority rules, by-laws
and enforceable instruments applicable to the Design scope and execution of the Work.
Refer to Section 014200 References for standard publication date requirements.
b) Prepare a programme for the Delegated Design showing tasks and submissions and submit
for acceptance by the Engineer.
c) Provide detailed proposals, demonstrating compliance with the visual intent and confirm the
provision of fully warranted systems in accordance with the Contract Conditions.
d) Submit to the Engineer copies of designs and production information.
e) Be responsible for the final selection of products and associated components, which shall
be used solely for the purpose intended by the manufacturer and which shall satisfy the
requirements of the Specification.
f) Where proprietary products shall be installed, be responsible for providing modifications,
additional bracing, reinforcing, and suitable fastenings, to ensure that the products meet the
requirements of the Specification, for the circumstances and situation in which they shall be
expected to perform. Be responsible for conveying expressed concerns of the
manufacturers regarding the suitability of products for the purpose intended.
g) Select suitable materials, sizes, thicknesses, types and locations of fastenings and sealants,
in accordance with specified standards and ensure that they shall be used for the purpose
intended by the manufacturer.
h) Design of necessary support structures shall incorporate movements and tolerances to
which they are subjected.
i) Describe relevant structural performance principles of the Work, including how and where
loads are transmitted to the primary structure and the accommodation of tolerances.
j) Show details of fastening requirements to interfacing elements, which shall be agreed with
the Engineer prior to commencement of the installation.
k) Coordinate interfaces in the Work.
l) Provide Shop Drawings and technical information to demonstrate compliance with the
Tender Drawings and Specification as indicated in the Performance Specified Work portion
of this Section. The Contractor's final Detailed Design shall be based on the Tender
Drawings, which indicate generic solutions and may not cover all conditions. Submit design
risk assessments with the documentation.
1.12 CONTRACT
A. This particular specification shall be read in conjunction with the other drawings and specifications.
Specifications given in one Division shall apply to other Divisions unless other wise stated.
B. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for complying in all
respects with bylaws and regulations imposed by authorities having jurisdiction, as may be in force at
the time of execution of the Works.
C. The Contractor shall provide and do everything necessary for the proper execution of the works,
according to the intent and meaning of the Tender Drawings and Specifications, whether the same
may or may not be particularly shown on the drawings or included in the specification, provided that
the same is reasonably inferable there from.
D. The Works shall be completed in strict accordance with the drawings and Specification and any
further drawings or instructions issued or approved by the Employer during the execution of the
Works.
E. The work to be performed under this Contract includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the furnishing
of all supervision, labor, materials, temporary works, temporary utilities, false-work, plant, machinery,
cranes, equipment, parts, tools, taxes, duties, insurance, commissions, supplies, transportation,
utilities, construction facilities, scaffolding, incidentals and logistic support necessary for the
performance and maintenance of the Works, accomplishing the same in a workmanlike manner.
F. All work shall be executed by skilled tradesman who shall be thoroughly acquainted with all aspects of
their trade including any special local customs and modes of operation.
G. The Contractor shall be deemed to have based his tender on the information in respect of
hydrological, physical and climatic conditions of the site and have inspected the site and its
surroundings and satisfied himself before submitting his tender. Visits to the site to review the existing
conditions shall be strictly by agreement with the Employer.
H. The Employer and any person authorized by him shall at all times have access to the Works and to
the Site and to all workshops and places where work and/ or material or equipment is being obtained
and/ or undertaken for the Works.
1.13 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS

10/09/2014
A. The Employer will be awarding other contracts in connection with this Project and the Contractor
should refer to the Conditions of Contract and Section 013113 Project Coordination, and comply with
the requirements therein.
1.14 WORK SEQUENCE
A. The overall sequence of construction will be in accordance with the Indicative Programme
requirements. The Contractor shall fully acquaint himself with the contents of this programme and
ensure compliance therewith. The Contractor shall note that the Project is based on a fast track
approach to design and construction with multiple packages. His programme of works shall be
flexible enough to accommodate the special needs arising therefrom and the Contractor is not entitled
to make any claims as a result thereof.
B. The Contractor shall refer to the programme for phasing and completion of the Works, as detailed
within Section 01310 of this document. The Employer, Consultants and other contractors will be
present on the Site and the Contractor shall allow for all costs resulting from phasing the Works
around these parties and for the necessary coordination.
1.15 DIVISION OF WORK
A. Work specified in the specifications is divided into Sections by the Consultant for ready reference only.
B. Division of the Work amongst Subcontractors is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The
Consultant assumes no responsibility to act as an arbitrator to establish subcontract limits.
1.16 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES
A. Access to the Site shall be agreed with the Employer prior to commencement. The Contractor shall
take all necessary steps to ensure the safety of all authorized persons. In addition, the Contractor
shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use of the agreed access.
B. All construction operations and site establishment facilities shall be confined to within the Site
boundaries as shown on the drawings unless otherwise agreed with the Employer. The Contractor
shall be responsible for safeguarding all structures and the likes in the vicinity of his work and the Site.
Also the Contractor shall ascertain from the public utility authorities the positions of all existing
underground services and he shall maintain and protect or divert as required. The Contractor shall
refer to the record of preliminary NOC's (No Objection Certificates) which have already been obtained
and are retained by the Consultant.
C. The Contractor shall have possession of the Site at the location of the Works only and be subject to
the rights and obligations of other contractors and be responsible for arranging his own working
space, the storage of materials, siting of all temporary accommodations, utilities and other logistical
issues at locations to be agreed with Employer and Engineer. No claim whatsoever will be
entertained for any reason regarding the siting, allocation or relocation of any working space
regardless of the distance.
1.17 INSPECTION AND INVESTIGATION OF SITE
A. The elevations of the Site indicated in the drawings shall be verified by the Contractor and no
guarantee can be made that the elevation details shown on the drawings are accurate.
B. The Contractor shall inspect and examine the Site and its surroundings and shall satisfy himself
before submitting his Tender as to the nature of the ground and sub-soil, the quantities and nature of
the Works and materials, tools and equipment necessary for the completion of the Works.
C. The information and details given on the drawings are not guaranteed to be accurate or correct and
are given for guidance in compiling the Tender. The Contractor shall make his own investigations and
inquiries of the relevant authorities and utility companies to ascertain the exact positions, sizes,
numbers and details of all obstacles to be encountered. The Contractor shall refer to the record of
preliminary NOC's (No Objection Certificates) which have already been obtained and are retained by
the Consultant.
D. The rates given in the Tender shall include for all costs involved in negotiating obstacles and no claim
will be considered for additional expenses the Contractor may incur on account of any unforeseen
obstacle of whatever nature, over and above those which would have been incurred had the
existence of the obstacle been known at the time of preparing the Contract Drawings.
E. The Contractor shall obtain all further information required as to the risks, contingencies and other
circumstances, which may influence or affect the execution of the Works and include the costs thereof
in his Tender.
1.18 EXISTING SERVICES
A. The extent, position, size and type of public utilities shown on the drawings have been based on
information extracted from the records of the various public utilities, Ministries and the project survey
and must be regarded as approximate only. The Contractor shall contact the public utility authorities
to determine the exact locations of the public services, which will be affected by the Contractor's
Works. The Contractor shall refer to the record of preliminary NOC's (No Objection Certificates) which
have already been obtained and are retained by the Engineer. The preliminary NOC's are for
guidance purpose only.
B. Locations of services shown on the drawings are for guidance only and do not necessarily show the
exact locations, depths and spacings, nor the smaller branches of services which are not normally
indicated on such drawings. The Contractor shall uncover and verify locations of all services and be
in accordance with any special requirements of the authorities or public utility concerned.

10/09/2014
C. The Contractor shall not be allowed to work in any area where services are still covered and the
Employer shall have the right to stop the work in any part of the Works where the Contractor fails to
take the necessary measures to uncover these services and the Employer shall not entertain any
claims from the Contractor resulting from such instruction.
D. The Contractor shall refer to and comply with the current regulations and specifications of public
utilities authorities before commencing any works adjacent to equipment, plant, cables etc. The
above requirement will not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for taking every precaution to
avoid damage to equipment, plant, cables etc. and he will be held responsible for the cost of repair of
all damage in accordance with the General Conditions of Contract and specification. Payment for
complying with the above requirements will be deemed to have been included in the rate for Works
included in the Contract Price.
1.19 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND SERVICES
A. During construction the Contractor shall provide all protection for existing utilities and services as may
be required for his construction operations, including protection for the construction of detours and
diversions, as indicated on the drawings, as directed by the Engineer and as required by the Contract
Documents.
B. Permanent protection of certain items shall be as included under other sections of the Specification
and to satisfaction. In addition to the requirements as specified in the other drawings and
specification, the Contractor shall comply with the following requirements:
1. Use of all necessary precautionary and protective measures required to maintain existing utilities,
services and appurtenances. In particular, the Contractor shall take adequate measures to
prevent undermining of utilities and services, whether they are presently in service or not.
2. Protect existing or new utilities and services when considered necessary and directed by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for bracing and supporting utilities and services to
prevent settlement, displacement or damage to the same. The protection of utilities and services
as specified herein, will not be paid for separately but shall be considered as a subsidiary
obligation to the work under this Contract unless otherwise specified in the drawings and
specification.
3. The Contractor shall recover, remove or abandon redundant utility and service lines as required
by the drawings and specification and/ or directed by the Consultants.
4. The Contractor shall not remove any utility or service line, conduit or structure until he has
received written permission from the Engineer.
5. The Contractor shall, at all times during the progress of the Works, afford facilities to properly
accredited agents of any Authority for access to all or any of their equipment situated in or under
the site, as may be necessary for inspecting, reporting, maintaining, removing, renewing or
altering such equipment in connection with the construction of the Works or for any other
purpose whatsoever prior to commencing construction and subsequent to the Contractor's
determination of the location of the existing utility and service lines and the condition of the
adjacent areas, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for his review shop
drawings complete with the description of procedure and materials and related data of the
Contractor's proposed method of protection for the said lines. Review, comments and approval
by the Engineer shall in no way relieve the Contractor of the full responsibility for all protection
and precautions required during the Works.
1.20 DAMAGE TO EXISTING UTILITIES AND PROPERTIES
A. The Contractor shall provide, prior to commencement of work, a detailed video and photographic
survey of all existing structures within or immediately adjacent (ten (10) meters) to the limits of work.
Further, the Contractor shall provide updates of this survey every thirty (30) days for the duration of
the Contract, as directed by the Consultant.
B. These video reports will be used to monitor any damage which may occur to the existing structures as
a result of the execution of the Contract and for which the Contractor will be liable for repairing at his
own expense to the approval of the Employer.
C. In the event of any damage to utilities or properties as a result of work carried out by the Contractor
his agents, employees, or by the sub-contractors or their agents, employees, the Contractor shall be
responsible for indemnification against such damages.
D. The Employer shall have the right, upon receiving any claims from the party concerned in respect of
such damages, to deduct the actual costs charged to the Employer from monies due or becoming due
to the Contractor without it being necessary to serve a notice or warning or to take any legal action
and the Contractor shall not be entitled to object, refrain from or suspend the work on account of such
deduction.
E. In the event of any damage whatsoever to any existing or relocated utility and/ or service lines, the
Contractor shall immediately notify the Employer, the Engineer and the relevant utility or service
Ministries, authorities or companies. The Contractor shall co-operate with the Employer and the
Owner of such utility or service, and take whatever steps necessary to repair and restore such utility
or service, all in accordance with the requirements of the drawings and specification. The decision of
the Employer regarding responsibility for any damage or interruption of any utility or service shall be
final.
1.21 CO-OPERATION
A. Ensure that all Subcontractors cooperate with each other in order that work will be carried out
expeditiously, and will be satisfactory in all respects at completion of the Project.

10/09/2014
B. Ensure that all Subcontractors examine Drawings and Specifications covering the Work which may
affect the performance of their own work.
C. Regularly, examine the work of all Subcontractors, and have corrected defects and deficiencies which
may adversely affect The Work.
D. Ensure that The Work is in full compliance with the Contract Documents and accept responsibility for
delays or costs resulting from failure to inspect, and any replacement required.
E. Be responsible for damage of any kind to The Work. Replace any materials or work so damaged that
cannot be repaired or restored to the Engineer's satisfaction. Such repairs or replacements shall be
made by the trade that performed the original work.
F. Ensure that all Subcontractors co-operate with other Subcontractors whose work attaches to or is
affected by their own work, and ensure that minor adjustments are made to make adjustable work fit
to fixed work.
G. Ensure that Subcontractors for the installation of their work furnish the necessary information to the
Contractor in ample time.
H. Items to be built-in shall be supplied as required by the Subcontractor together with forms, templates,
anchors, sleeves, inserts, measurements, and accessories required by shop drawings to be fixed to or
inserted into the Work, and set in place.
I. Pay the cost of extra work caused by, and make up time lost as the result of, failure to provide the
necessary co-operation, information or items to be fixed to or built into the Work in adequate time.
1.22 ACQUAINTANCE WITH DOCUMENTS
A. The Contractor shall be deemed to have examined all the documents forming the Contract, to have
ascertained the full extent and character of operations, and to have made allowance in his offer for all
costs, expenses, risks, liabilities and obligations set forth in or implied by the Documents, Drawings,
and Specifications, His rates in the Bill of Quantities shall be deemed to include for constructing,
completing and maintaining the Works in accordance with the terms of Contract.
B. Priority of Contract Documents: The following documents are listed in the order of priority:
1. The Contract Agreement including the Appendix to Tender.
2. The Letter of Acceptance.
3. The Particular Conditions of Contract.
4. The General Conditions of Contract.
5. The Specifications.
6. The Drawings.
7. The Completed Schedules.
8. The Contractor's Design as applicable.
9. The Priced Bill of Quantities, including the Preambles.
10. Any other documents forming part of the Contract.
1.23 SPECIALIST WORK
A. Where works are described as Specialist Works or Contractor Designed, the Contractor shall be
responsible for the design, fabrication, and complete and proper installation of all the work indicated
on the Drawings, specified herein or described in the Bill of Quantities. The works are to be carried
out to the Consultant's approval and five copies of the Design Build Shop Drawings shall be submitted
to the Consultant for review.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the total performance of the entire design, fabrication and
installation of any specialist works.
1.24 INTENTION OF TERMS
A. Whenever in the specifications, drawings and other documents of the Contract, terms referring to the
Works as "directed", "required", "permitted", "order", "instructed", "prescribed', "directed", "reviewed
", "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory", and "reviewed", and terms of similar content are used, it
shall be understood that direction requirement, permission, order, instruction or prescription of the
Engineer shall be intended.
B. Where the term "Architect' or "Consultant" is referred to in this specification, both shall have the
meaning "Engineer", or any other consultant selected by the Employer, and advised in writing to the
Contractor.
C. Where the term "Sub-Contractor" is referred to in the Specification, it shall include Nominated Sub-
Contractors as well.
1.25 LIAISON WITH POLICE AND LABOUR OFFICERS
A. The Contractor shall keep in close contact with Police, Labor Officers and other officials of the areas
concerned regarding their requirements in the control of workmen, passage through townships and
other matters, and shall provide assistance or facilities which may be required by such officials in the
execution of their duties.
1.26 LICENCES AND APPROVALS

10/09/2014
A. Notwithstanding the fact that prior to the award of the Contract, the Employer will have applied for the
necessary permits for the works, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to pay for all related taxes
and Permits from the Municipal and other Authorities having jurisdiction, including, but not limited to,
Demolition Permits, Civil Defense Approvals, Drainage Approval, and approvals for Telephone, Roads,
Water, Electricity and any other Statutory Authority approvals.
B. Prior to the issuance of the Completion Certificate, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain an
Occupancy Permit from the Municipality confirming that the works may be used for the purpose
intended.
C. During the construction period, the Contractor shall submit to the Consultant copies of all Certificates
of Approval, Permits or Licenses obtained from Municipality Departments and other Authority Having
Jurisdiction, which are required for the performance of the work.
D. Prior to the issuance of the Taking Over Certificate, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a
complete set of original copies of all the above-mentioned Certificates, Licenses and Permits.
1.27 ENGINEERS APPROVAL
A. Where the Engineer's approval is required under this Specification, such approval shall not relieve the
Contractor of his responsibilities under this Contract.
1.28 NOTIFICATION OF OPERATIONS
A. No important operation is to be carried out without full and complete notice in writing being given to
the Engineer and sufficient time to enable such arrangement of its inspection to be made as the
Engineer may consider necessary.
1.29 PROTECTION
A. Adequately protect the Work, utilities below ground, and paving located on adjoining properties from
injury and damage at all stages of the operations, and maintain the protection until the Work is
completed. Remove and replace at no expense to the Employer, any work and materials damaged
that cannot be repaired or restored to the Engineer's satisfaction.
1.30 SCAFFOLDING, PLANT AND MACHINERY
A. Provide internal and external form work, scaffolding, equipment, tools and machinery for the proper
execution of the work for both Nominated Sub Contractors and Main Contractor's (Domestic) Sub
Contractors - as required.
1.31 CONVEYING EQUIPMENT
A. Provide and maintain conveying equipment such as cranes, hoists, derricks and the like as required
for the proper execution of the Project.
B. Assume complete responsibility for construction, strength, placing, anchoring and operation of
derricks, cranes, hoists, guy and operating cables and any other mechanical contrivance used for the
Work, to ensure that any load carried thereon can be safely supported and be free from accidents to
persons.
C. Make the use of accessory equipment and conveying systems available to all trades as required and
make necessary arrangements in connection therewith. Ensure equipment is available for use of
Nominated and Domestic Subcontractors.
D. Remove immediately such equipment when no longer required.
E. Where any authorities having jurisdiction require drawings and specifications on accessory and
conveying equipment, obtain and pay for same and assume responsibility for their adequacy.
1.32 SETTING OUT
A. The Contractor will establish the lot lines, restrictions and/ or benchmarks and other grades, lines,
levels and temporary benchmarks shall be established by the Contractor and verified by a registered
Land Surveyor licensed to practice in KSA or as indicated in Section 017123 Field Engineering.
B. Verify on the property, grades, lines, levels and dimensions shown, and report discrepancies in levels
or dimensions to the Engineer before commencing work.
C. Work done prior to the receipt of the Engineer decision, shall be at the risk of the Contractor.
D. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with other contractors and Subcontractors on site.
E. Layout on the locations of walls, gridlines as a guide to the various Subcontractors, and layout or
check the layout of other Subcontractors.
1.33 DRAWINGS ON SITE
A. Keep on the Site at all times, one copy of the drawings and specifications codes and standards
referred to, including a Consultant's reviewed and stamped set of all shop drawings.
B. Keep on site at all times, the approved copy of aal valid Permits, contract drawings and specifications.
1.34 EXPLOSIVES
A. The use of explosives is not permitted under any circumstances.
1.35 POWDER ACTUATED FASTENINGS
A. Powder actuated fastenings shall not be used on any portion of the Work, unless written consent for a
specific use is obtained from the Engineer.

10/09/2014
B. Only low velocity tools will be permitted under any condition. Operators to be qualified and to be in
possession of a valid operator's certificate.
1.36 STORAGE AREA
A. Delivery of materials to the job shall be carefully organised to permit continual progress of
construction but shall be in small quantities suitable for the restricted storage area available to the
Contractor.
1.37 NOISE LIMITATIONS
A. Contractor is required to keep to a minimum noise and his full co-operation is requested.
B. No pneumatic or other noisy equipment will be permitted on the project site outside working hours as
defined by the local authorities having jurisdiction.
1.38 OVERLOADING
A. Take precautions to prevent the overloading of any part of the structure, false work, form work or
scaffolding during the progress of the Work, and make good, at no expense to the Employer, all
damage resulting from such overloading.
B. No load bearing members shall be cut, drilled or sleeved without the written consent of the Engineer.
1.39 HOLES THROUGH FLOORS AND WALLS
A. Where holes are made in floors for the passage sleeves of pipes, ducts and conduit or wires, the
holes shall be sealed with cement grout after the sleeve pipes, ducts and conduit or wires have been
placed - not applicable.
B. Where holes are made for the passage of sleeves pipes, ducts, conduit or wires, holes shall be filled
with a suitable material, cement grout in masonry or concrete walls regardless of whether or not the
pipes have escutcheon plates. Grout or plaster around outside of sleeves where holes are sleeved -
not applicable.
C. Above requirements shall apply to both exposed and concealed walls and floors - not applicable.
D. In Mechanical Rooms above grade and in other rooms where faucets, pipes, ducts, or wires which
pass through floors shall be enclosed in a 100mm high metal sleeve and then grouted around pipes
and ducts - not applicable.
1.40 TRADEMARKS AND LABELS
A. Trademarks and labels, including applied labels, shall not be visible in the finished work.
B. Such trademarks or labels shall be removed by grinding, if necessary, painted out where the particular
surface is being painted, or if on plated parts replace with new plain plated or non-ferrous metal parts.
C. Exception to this requirement shall be those trademarks and labels which are essential to obtain
identification of mechanical, electrical and other equipment or material for maintenance and
replacement purposes.
1.41 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. Contract forms, codes, specifications, standards, manuals and installation, application and
maintenance instructions, referred to in these specifications, unless otherwise specified, shall be the
latest published editions at the date of the contract.
1.42 NUMBER OF ITEMS
A. In cases where an item or part of materials or equipment is referred to in the singular number, it is
intended that such reference shall apply to as many items or parts as are required to complete the
Work.
1.43 DEBRIS
A. Daily as the Work proceeds, and on completion, the Contractor and each Subcontractor shall clean up
and remove from the premises rubbish, surplus materials and equipment resulting from his work.
Follow Contractor's instructions regarding disposal of rubbish.
B. Debris shall be dampened, put in containers and removed by means of material hoist or put in sealed
containers and removed through the designated egress routes.
1.44 INSPECTION TESTING ALLOWANCES
A. The Contractor shall allow, in his rates quoted, for all cost and time for carrying out all tests on the
works required by the Specification.
1.45 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THE SITE
A. Scope: The limitations described in this Section are supplementary to limitations described or implicit
in information given in individual Work Sections of the Specification or on the Tender Drawings.
B. Accelerated Work Hours: For working hours on Site that exceed normal work hours, and are
necessary for implementation due to any lack of performance by the Contractor and Subcontractors
as deemed by either the Engineer or the Employer; the Contractor shall bear all costs for the
accelerated work hours within the agreed Contract Sum/ Contract Price. The Employer shall not
entertain any cost Variation Order request for this work.

10/09/2014
C. Supervision during Out of Hours Work: Where the Engineer or the Engineer's representatives shall be
obliged to supervise the out of hours work as a result of a default by the Contractor or for the benefit
of the Contractor, the supervision costs shall be recovered from the Contractor as either by a debt or
by reducing the amount of any sum intended for inclusion in either the Interim Payment Certificate or
the Final Payment Certificate as the time frame of the Out of Hours work dictates.
D. Post-Occupancy Work Hours: The Contractor shall coordinate with the Employer to determine the
work hours to accomplish the necessary remedial work during the Defects Notification Period in the
portion of the Work that have an issued Taking-Over Certificate.
1. During Employer occupancy of areas of the Site after Taking-Over, access to Site for correction
of defective work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents shall be subject to
agreement with the Engineer, to minimize disruption to Employer's activities. The Contractor shall
bear all costs for the post-occupancy work hours.
E. Use of Site: The Contractor shall not use the Site for any purpose other than carrying out the Work.
Do not display or permit advertisements to be displayed on Site without the consent of the Engineer.
Do not use the Site for any immoral activity. Any individuals engaging in immoral activity shall be
removed from the Site and shall not undertake any further role in the Project, at the sole discretion of
the Engineer.
F. Working Area: The Contractor shall be confined to the boundaries of the Site for their working area.
Any arrangements the Contractor may make for the use of land outside the working area must be
made outside this Contract and the interests, rights and liabilities of the Employer must be fully
protected and indemnified at all times.
G. Noise, Vibration and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and
vibration, odors or other disruption with the Engineer.
1. Notify the Engineer not less than 14 calendar days in advance of proposed disruptive operations.
2. Obtain the Engineer's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations.
3. Refer to Section 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls where applicable.
H. Smoking: Smoking shall not be permitted on the Site except in designated areas which must be
carefully controlled, equipped with fire fighting equipment and receptacles for the safe disposal of
smoker's materials and regularly inspected to guard against fire.
I. Alcohol and Controlled Substances: Use of controlled substances shall not be permitted on Site. Any
employees thought to be under the influence of alcohol or controlled substances shall be instantly and
permanently removed from Site at the sole discretion of the Engineer.
1. Employee Screening: Comply with the Engineer's requirements for controlled substance
screening of the Contractor's personnel working on the Site. Maintain list of approved and
screened personnel with the Engineer.
1.46 PARTIAL POSSESSION
A. The Employer may require to take possession of parts of the Work as they are completed. The option
to take partial possession shall be at the sole discretion of the Employer.
1.47 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall submit his Construction Schedule known as the 'programme' under the Contract
Conditions in accordance with the requirements stipulated in that document.
1. Reports indicating the Contractor's Construction Schedule shall be determined in agreement with
the Engineer and the Employer regarding the precise format, and the specific reports to be
indicated including but not limited to Critical Path Method (CPM) reports, Construction Schedule
update reports, and the Contractor's Monthly Report including the look-ahead program used to
document the Work on Site. Refer to Section 013226 Construction Progress Reporting.
B. Programming Consultant Qualifications: The Contractor shall hire an experienced specialist in CPM
programming, scheduling and reporting, to the acceptance of the Engineer. This person shall have the
capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of the Engineer's request when
applicable.
C. Construction Schedule Preprogramming Meeting: The Contractor shall conduct meeting at the Site to
agree the requirements in Section 013113 Project Coordination. Meeting time to be established with
the Engineer. Review methods and procedures related to the preliminary Construction Schedule and
Contractor's Construction Schedule, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports.
2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update Construction Schedule.
3. Discuss constraints, including phasing, work stages, area separations, interim milestones and/ or
Employer Partial Possession.
4. Review submittal requirements and procedures. Include a review of the Contract Drawings and
Shop Drawing requirements.
5. Review time required for review of submittals and re-submittals.
6. Review proposed procurement process.
7. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent Qualified Testing and Inspecting
Agencies.

10/09/2014
8. Review time required for Project closeout and startup procedures, including commissioning
activities and As-built Drawings.
9. Review and finalize list of activities to be included in Construction Schedule, including third party
requirements.
10. Review procedures for updating Contractor's Construction Schedule.
11. Review programmed layouts.
12. Review Work Breakdown Structure (WBS).
13. Review the process for tasks that are no longer required in the Contractor's Construction
Schedule.
14. Review testing, inspection, commissioning and network diagram requirements and the sequence
they must occur for the Work on Site.
D. Coordination Requirements
1. Coordinate the Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Bill of Quantities documents, list of
Subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required
programs and reports.
a) Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities
involved.
b) The Contractor shall coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities
and program them in proper sequence. Include third party requirements and interface
coordination requirements.
E. Schedule Distribution Requirements
1. Distribution: The Contractor shall distribute copies of the accepted Construction Schedule to the
Employer, the Engineer, other separate contractors, Qualified Testing and Inspecting Agencies,
and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know program responsibility.
2. Post copies in the Site meeting rooms and temporary Site offices.
3. When revisions are made, the Contractor shall distribute updated Construction Schedule to the
same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have
completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of
construction activities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 011400 WORK RESTRICTIONS 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 USE OF PREMISES 1
1.3 ON-SITE WORK HOURS 1
1.4 EXISTING UTILITY INTERRUPTIONS 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 1
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) 1

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 011400 Work Restrictions
10/09/2014
SECTION 011400 WORK RESTRICTIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. Work restrictions including but not limited to the following.
a) Use of premises.
b) On Site working hours.
c) Existing utility interruptions.
C. Definition
1. Date of Taking-Over shall be construed to mean the date of the Taking-Over Certificate as
defined in the Conditions of the Contract.
1.2 USE OF PREMISES
A. General: The Contractor shall have full use of premises for construction operations unless otherwise
construed from requirements of this Section. Site Premises are indicated on the Tender Drawings.
1. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways, roadways, walkways, paved areas, loading areas
and entrances serving overall of property land and Site premises clear and available to the use
of all contractors, identities and personnel authorized to present on Site, and also for emergency,
fire fighting and police vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of
materials.
a) Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances.
b) Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and
equipments on Site.
c) Do not block, interrupt or cut driveways, roadways or walkways without the written
acceptance of Engineer.
B. Site Entrance: Only private cars shall be allowed to enter Site from the entrance gate.
1.3 ON-SITE WORK HOURS
A. On-Site Work Hours: Work shall be generally during normal business working hours of 7:30 a.m. to
5:00 p.m., Saturday through Thursday, unless otherwise indicated.
B. The Contractor shall fully comply with requirements of Kingdom of Saudi Arabia Statutory Authorities
regarding work hours generally and work hours during hot weather and summer time as stipulated in
laws prevailing in Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and included in Health & Safety Codes of Practice for
construction projects issued by Kingdom of Saudi Arabia Statutory Authorities.
1.4 EXISTING UTILITY INTERRUPTIONS
A. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities that may be existing on site unless permitted
under the following conditions and then after arranging to provide temporary utility services according
to requirements indicated.
1. The Contractor shall notify both the Employer's Representative and the Engineer in writing of his
intent to interrupt an existing utility not less than 14 calendar days of the intended interruption
date. In his written request, the Contractor shall fix his estimated duration of interruption, the
bypass or substitute he will provide and any necessary precautions or protections to be provided
during intended interruption.
2. The Contractor shall obtain the written acceptance of Engineer for requested interruption.
3. The Contractor shall erect a bypass or provide substitute for interrupted utility.
4. The Contractor shall take and provide any necessary precaution or protections during
interruption prior to commencing work.
5. The Contractor shall reinstate the existing utility to its original condition prior to interruption.
a) For the purpose, the Contractor shall take not less than 8 No. digital photographs to
document condition of the existing utility prior to interruption and shall submit 1 No.
hardcopy and 1 No. softcopy of these photographs with his written request for utility
interruption.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
End of Section

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 011400 / 1 Work Restrictions
10/09/2014
SECTION 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 SUBMITTALS 1
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2
2.1 GENERAL 2
2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 3
2.3 SUBSTITUTION TYPES: CAUSE AND CONVENIENCE 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION 4
3.1 GENERAL 4
3.2 JUDGMENT 4

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 012500 Substitution Procedures
10/09/2014
SECTION 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. Substitution procedures after Contract Award.
3. Section 014529 Testing Laboratory Services.
D. Scope of Work Requirements
1. After Contract Award, should the Contractor find it necessary or desirable to use a material,
equipment, product or system other than that specified in the Contract Documents due to
convenience or cause due to conditions that arise after the Contract Commencement Date,
provide substitution requests in accordance with the requirements of this Section.
2. No portion of the Work shall use the items within the substitution request until the review and
acceptance of the Engineer is achieved in writing and returned to the Contractor. Refer to the
judgment requirements in Part 3 of this Section.
3. Substitutions shall not be considered when the following statements occur.
a) The substitution is indicated on the Shop Drawings or Product Data without a separate
formal request and acceptance by the Engineer.
b) The substitution is requested directly by Subcontractor or supplier.
c) Acceptance of the substitution shall require substantial revision of Contract Documents.
d) Proposed changes with the substitution are not in keeping with general intent of Contract
Documents.
4. By making requests for substitutions, the Contractor confirms the following statements are
accurate.
a) The Contractor has personally investigated proposed substitute product and determined
that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified in the Contract Documents.
b) The Contractor shall provide same warranty for substitution that Contractor would for that
specified.
c) The Contractor shall coordinate installation of accepted substitute, making such changes as
may be required for Work to be compatible with substrates and adjacent materials, and
complete in all respects.
d) The Contractor waives claims for additional time related to substitution which may later
become apparent.
e) The Contractor certifies that cost data presented is complete and includes related costs
under this Contract, including associated redesign costs.
5. Engineer's Request for Substitution: After Contract Award and during the course of the Work,
should the Engineer find it necessary or desirable to use a material, equipment, product or
system other than that specified in the Contract Documents, the Engineer shall notify the
Contractor in writing of the requested substitution.
a) Should the Contractor accept the Engineer's substitution request proposal after he has
determined it shall not impact price or time, he must immediately alert the Engineer and
Employer to his acceptance of the request proposal. After that action, the request shall be
deemed an accepted substitute.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Request Requirements
1. The Contractor shall submit via the project collaboration website with a minimum 5 No. hard
copies of the substitution request to the Engineer, the exact number of hard copies to be agreed
with the Engineer.
2. The Contractor shall describe in detail, including but not limited to test reports, catalogues,
brochures and drawings to demonstrate the qualities of the material, equipment, product or
system substitution, and the changes or adjustments to other portions of the Work affected.
3. The Contractor shall be responsible to denote all instances where the proposed substitution
differs from the item specified in the Contract Documents.
4. The Contractor shall submit samples when requested by the Engineer.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 012500 / 1 Substitution Procedures
10/09/2014
5. Cost Breakdown Comparison Requirements

a) The Contractor shall include a cost breakdown comparing the item specified in the Contract
Documents and the proposed substituted item for which the request is made.
b) The Contractor shall include costs of adjustments to other work affected.
c) The Contractor shall include any variation in operating, maintenance and replacement cost
and the length of time the product has been available on the market.
d) The Contractor shall include the amount deducted from the Contract Price or state there is
'no change' to the Contract Price.
1. Substitutions which are subject to additional costs shall be borne by the Contractor.
e) The Contractor shall include a statement that there is 'no change' to the Time for
Completion.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Engineer shall not be obligated to accept substitution requests and has the discretion, upon the
Employer's confirmation, to require the Contractor to provide the materials and/ or equipment
specified in the Contract Documents.
1. The Contractor shall bear all costs for substitutions within the Contract Price.
2. In no case shall the Contractor be entitled to an extension of Time for Completion or cost
variations arising out of the Engineer's failure to accept the Contractor's substitution requests.
B. Compatibility of Substitutions: The Contractor shall investigate and document compatibility of
proposed substitution with related products and materials. The Contractor shall engage a Qualified
Testing Agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. Refer to Section
014529 Testing Laboratory Services.
C. Coordination Procedures: The Contractor shall revise or adjust affected work as necessary to
integrate work of the accepted substitutions.
D. Modification of Documents: Where proper installation of substitution requires changes to design of
Work as indicated on accepted Shop Drawings, the Contractor shall furnish drawings and
specifications prepared by and stamped by licensed engineer engaged by the Contractor, to the
Engineer in order to amend the Contract Documents.
1. Submit revised Documents for acceptance in accordance with Section 013300 Submittal
Procedures.
a) Revised Drawings: Sufficiently complete for proper installation of substitution and related
Work.
b) Include details of connection to and relationship with adjacent materials.
2. The Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of revised Documents, obtaining and paying for
review and plan check by the Statutory Authorities/ Relevant Approving Authorities, and the cost
of revised construction.
3. Revised Drawings: Submit with Record Documents in accordance with Section 017800 Closeout
Submittals.
E. Engineer's Action
1. If necessary, the Engineer shall request additional information or documentation for evaluation
after receipt of a request for substitution from the Contractor.
2. The Engineer shall review proposed substitutions based on a limit of 2 No. reviews per
substitution or alternative designs and if reviews exceed above limitation the cost for further
reviews shall be borne by the Contractor. Engineer shall evaluate substantiating data within 28
calendar days after receipt. If there is no response from the Engineer within the 28 calendar day
time period the request for substitution is denied.
3. Engineer shall notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution. Such
acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitution in no way relieves the Contractor of his
obligations under the Contract, and no delay by the Engineer or his delegated representative in
issuing such notification shall entitle the Contractor to delay carrying out any of its obligations
under the Contract.
4. Engineer shall not make exhaustive attempt to determine products proposed for substitution are
equivalent to, or can be modified in order to be equivalent to specified products.
5. Where extensive investigation is required by Engineer, the Contractor shall reimburse Employer
an amount agreed between the Employer and the Contractor, and accepted by the Engineer,
prior to the Engineer's acceptance or rejection of the proposal.
a) Form of Acceptance: The Contractor shall submit a Variation.
6. The Contractor shall use the product specified if the Engineer cannot make a decision on the use
of a proposed substitution within time allocated and indicated in this Section.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Refer to Section 013300 Submittal Procedures for requirements for submitting the Contractor's
Construction Schedule and the Submittal Schedule.

10/09/2014
B. Refer to Section 016000 Product Requirements for requirements governing the Contractor's selection
of products and product options.
C. Refer to Section 014200 References for the definitions related to products.
2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Timing: Engineer shall consider requests for product substitution for alternates if received within 45
calendar days after Contract Award. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected
at discretion of Engineer.
B. Conditions: Engineer shall consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions
are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Engineer shall return requests without action,
except to record noncompliance with these requirements.
1. Requested substitution offers Employer a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy
conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Employer must
assume. Employer's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Engineer for
redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Employer, and similar
considerations.
2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.
3. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and shall produce indicated
results.
4. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
5. Requested substitution shall not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule.
6. Where applicable, the requested substitution has received necessary approvals of Statutory
Authorities/ Relevant Approving Authorities of Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
7. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
8. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
9. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
10. Requested substitution has been evaluated to determine if an off Site inspection visit shall be
required by the Engineer and the cost for visit has been budgeted within the substitution cost
total.
11. If requested substitution involves more than 1 No. Subcontractor, requested substitution has
been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with
other products, and is acceptable to all Subcontractors involved.
2.3 SUBSTITUTION TYPES: CAUSE AND CONVENIENCE
A. Substitutions for Cause: The Contractor shall submit requests for substitution immediately on
discovery of need for change, within 28 calendar days following discovery.
1. Conditions: Engineer shall consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following
conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Engineer shall return
requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
a) Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and shall produce
indicated results.
b) Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
c) Requested substitution shall not adversely affect the Contractor's Construction Schedule.
d) Where applicable, the requested substitution has received necessary approvals of Statutory
Authorities/ Relevant Approving Authorities of kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
e) Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
f) Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
g) Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
h) If requested substitution involves more than 1 No. Subcontractor, requested substitution has
been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible
with other products, and is acceptable to all Subcontractors involved.
B. Substitutions for Convenience: The Engineer shall consider requests for substitution of this type, if
received within 60 calendar days after the Contract Commencement Date. Requests received after
that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Engineer.
1. Conditions: The Engineer shall consider the Contractor's request for substitution when the
following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Engineer shall
return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
a) Requested substitution offers Employer a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy
conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Employer
must assume. Employer's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Engineer
for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Employer, and
similar considerations.
b) Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.
c) Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and shall produce
indicated results.
10/09/2014
d) Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.

e) Requested substitution shall not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule.
f) Where applicable, the requested substitution has received necessary approvals of Statutory
Authorities/ Relevant Approving Authorities of Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
g) Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
h) Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
i) Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
j) If requested substitution involves more than 1 No. Subcontractor, requested substitution has
been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible
with other products, and is acceptable to all Subcontractors involved.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Substitution Request Submission Requirements
1. For the use of substitutions that require modification of the project design or construction such as
changes in details, connections, interfaces, design calculations, lead times: The Contractor must
provide and pay for design work and construction changes as required with no change in
Accepted Contract Amount or Time for Completion.
2. The Contractor must submit complete data including drawings, performance specifications,
samples, and test reports of the proposed substitution for review by the Engineer. The data must
contain directly comparable information to allow feature by feature evaluation of equality between
specified item and proposed substitution.
3. The Contractor must submit a breakdown of cost showing any costs incurred and any savings
gained by use of the substitution. Include the amount to be deducted from the Contract Price, if
applicable.
4. The Contractor must list other trades that may be affected by the substitution.
5. If the proposed substitution requires design, the Contractor must submit design calculations by
his licensed design and/ or engineering consultant.
6. If the Engineer requests a sample of a specified material or element of work to aid in the
evaluation, the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer.
3.2 JUDGMENT
A. The Engineer's review and acceptance, or rejection thereof, shall be the final judgment to the
substitution request.
B. If the substitution is rejected, the Contractor must resubmit using the specified item or alternate.
C. The acceptance or rejection of a substitution request by the Engineer shall be based on the
Engineer's opinion as to the adaptability, durability, quality, aesthetics, Contract Price change, life
cycle functions and other considerations that the Engineer determines as appropriate features and
functions when comparing the substitution item and the specified item.
D. Where the Engineer has accepted a substitution request and a sample of the proposed substitution
was submitted to the Engineer, that sample shall be the comparison for all future portions of the Work.
All subsequent materials used in the Work shall be equal in every respect to the accepted sample.
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 1
1.2 VARIATION ORDER PROPOSAL REQUESTS 1
1.3 ALLOWANCES 1
1.4 ENGINEER'S INSTRUCTION 1
1.5 VARIATION ORDER PROCEDURES 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED. 1
PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED. 1

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 012600 Contract Modification Procedures
10/09/2014
SECTION 012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. The Engineer will issue instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment
to the Contract Price or the Time for Completion.
1.2 VARIATION ORDER PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A. Employer-Initiated Proposal Requests: The Engineer will issue a detailed description of proposed
changes in the Work that will require adjustment to the Contract Price or the Time for Completion. If
necessary, the description shall include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
1. Proposal requests issued by the Engineer are for information only. Do not consider them as an
instruction either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.
2. Within 21 calendar days of receipt of a proposal request, submit an estimate of cost and time
necessary to execute the change to the Time for Completion review.
a) Include a list of quantities of products required and unit costs, with the total amount of
purchases to be made. Where requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
b) Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
discounts.
c) Include a statement indicating the effect the proposed change in the work will have on the
Time for Completion.
B. Contractor -Initiated Proposals: When latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the
Contract, the Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to the Engineer.
1. Include a statement verifying the reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the
Work. The reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete
description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract
Price and the Time for Completion.
2. Include a remeasurement of quantities for the affected work and unit rates, with the total amount
indicated. Where requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. Quantity Surveyor to
review this part if this meets to method of compensation.
3. Comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change
required substitution of one product or system for a product or system specified.
C. Request for Proposal Form: Use forms provided by the Engineer for Variation Order Proposals.
1.3 ALLOWANCES
A. Unit Rate Adjustment: For unit rates cost adjustment refer to applicable clauses in the General
Conditions of Contract.
B. Quantities: The Engineer reserves the right to establish the actual quantity of work-in-place by
independent quantity survey, measure or count.
C. Notification: Refer to the General Conditions of Contract for giving notice of intention to claim.
1.4 ENGINEER'S INSTRUCTION
A. Engineer's Instruction (EI): The El form signed by the Engineer instructs the Contractor to proceed
with a variation in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Variation Order.
1. The EI contains a complete description of the change in the Work.
B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time, quantity and unit rate basis of work required by
the EI.
1. After completion of the change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to
substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract Price and Time for Completion.
1.5 VARIATION ORDER PROCEDURES
A. Upon the Employer's acceptance of the EI, the Engineer shall issue a Variation Order for signatures of
the Employer, Engineer and Contractor.
B. Variation Order Form: Use forms provided by the Engineer for Variation Orders.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED.
PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED.
End of Section

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 012600 / 1 Contract Modification Procedures
10/09/2014
SECTION 012900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) 2

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 012900 Payment Procedures
10/09/2014
SECTION 012900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. General: Read this Section in conjunction with other related Sections, Division 01 General
Requirements, the Tender Drawings, Preliminaries and the Contract Conditions.
B. Section Includes
1. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process
Applications for Payment.
1.2 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A. In case of any conflict between Conditions of the Contract and requirements of this Section,
Conditions of the Contract shall prevail.
B. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with
previous applications and payments as certified by the Engineer and paid for by the Employer.
1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Taking-Over, and final
Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
C. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Conditions of the
Contract Agreement between the Employer and the Contractor. The period of construction work
covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Conditions of Contract.
1. Submit draft copy of Application for Payment seven days prior to due date for review by the
Engineer.
D. Application for Payment Forms: Use forms prepared in accordance with sequence, terminology and
provisions as indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. Only use forms acceptable to the Engineer
and the Employer for Applications for Payment. Submit forms for approval with initial submittal of
schedule of values.
1. Submit application form for approval of the Engineer a minimum of 14 days prior to submission of
initial application for payment.
2. Allow for changes necessary for Initial application of payment, Application for payment at the time
of Taking-Over and Application of Payment at time of Final Completion.
E. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized
to sign legal documents on behalf of the Contractor as stated in the Conditions of the Contract, or if
not stated, the person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of the Contractor. The Engineer
will return incomplete applications without action.
1. Entries shall match data on the Bill of Quantities. Use the Bill of Quantities version included in the
Contract Documents that is signed by both the Employer and Contractor.
2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of
construction period covered by application.
3. Indicate separate amounts for work being carried out under Employer-requested project
acceleration.
F. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment
purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items stored on-site
and items stored off-site.
1. Provide Certificate of Insurance, evidence of Transfer of Title to Employer, and Consent of Surety
to Payment, for stored materials.
2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match
amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include overhead and profit
on stored materials.
3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following:
a) Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous
Applications for Payment.
b) Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous Application for
Payment and on or before date of current Application for Payment.
c) Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment and remaining
stored as of date of current Application for Payment.
G. Transmittal: Submit 4 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to the
Engineer by a method ensuring receipt.
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate
information about application.
H. Initial Application for Payment: Unless otherwise indicated in the Conditions of the Contract,
administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application
for Payment include the following.
1. List of subcontractors.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 012900 / 1 Payment Procedures
10/09/2014
2. The Contractor 's construction schedule (preliminary if not final).

3. Products list (preliminary if not final).
4. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final).
5. List of the Contractor 's staff assignments.
6. List of the Contractor 's principal consultants.
7. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
8. Performance and payment bonds.
9. Initial settlement survey and damage report if required.
10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the
Work.
11. Initial progress report.
12. Report of preconstruction conference.
13. Report of preconstruction HSE conference.
I. Application for Payment at Taking-Over: After issuing the Certificate of Taking-Over, submit an
Application for Payment showing 100% completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially
complete.
1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement
showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Taking-Over issued previously for the Employer
occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
J. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for
Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted,
including, but not limited, to the following.
1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.
2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that
taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
4. The Contractor's affidavit of payment of Debts and Claims.
5. The Contractor's affidavit of Release of Liens.
6. Consent of surety to Final Payment.
7. Evidence that claims have been settled.
8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel and similar data as of date of
Taking-Over or when the Employer took possession of and assumed responsibility for
corresponding elements of the Work.
9. Final liquidated damages settlement statement.
10. Evidence of completion of Project Demonstration and Training requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
End of Section

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 012900 / 2 Payment Procedures
10/09/2014
SECTION 013113 PROJECT COORDINATION 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 COORDINATION PROCEDURES 1
1.3 COORDINATION DRAWING SUBMITTALS 2
1.4 PROJECT WEBSITE AND PROJECT COLLABORATION SOFTWARE TOOL REQUIREMENTS 3
1.5 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION/ INFORMATION (RFI) 4
1.6 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK COORDINATOR 6
3.1 GENERAL COORDINATION PROVISIONS 6
3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION 7

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 013113 Project Coordination
10/09/2014
SECTION 013113 PROJECT COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. The administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for coordinating construction
operations including, but not necessarily limited to the following:
a) Coordination procedures.
b) Coordination Drawing submittals
c) Project website and project collaboration software tool requirements.
d) Requests for Interpretation/ Information (RFI).
e) General coordination provisions.
f) Cleaning and protection.
1. Section 013119 Project Meetings.
6. Section 017123 Field Engineering.
D. Definitions
1. RFI: Request for Interpretation or Request for Information.
2. H+S: Health and Safety.
3. LEED: Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design, Green Building Rating System.
1.2 COORDINATION PROCEDURES
A. General: Coordinate construction activities included under various Sections of the Specification to
assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations
included under different Sections of the Specification that are dependent upon each other for proper
installation, connection, and operation.
1. Where installation of one part of the Work is dependent on installation of other components,
either before or after its own installation, schedule construction activities in the sequence
required to obtain the best results.
2. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to assure
maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
4. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved outlining special
procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports and
attendance at meetings.
a) Prepare similar memoranda for the Employer and separate Contractor's and Subcontractors
where coordination of their Work shall be required.
5. Coordinate with other Contractor's employed by the Employer, for all activities interfacing or
interfering with this Work, in particular on the common boundary limits.
6. Coordinate installation of different components with Subcontractors to ensure maximum
accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair.
B. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures
with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such
administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following.
1. Preparation of construction schedules and sequences.
2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and temporary controls.
3. Delivery and processing of submittals.
4. Progress meetings.
5. Pre-installation conferences.
6. Contract Closeout activities.
7. Startup and adjustment of systems.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 013113 / 1 Project Coordination
10/09/2014
C. Overall Project Communication: The Contractor shall send all correspondence related to the project
via the collaboration system website established for the project, known as the Aconex Platform.
1. Document Control Coordinator Requirements
a) The Contractor shall be required to employ a Document Control Coordinator to manage all
of the forms and contents within the Aconex Platform, project collaboration system website.
b) This person shall work closely with the Engineer's Document Control staff within the
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia to ensure all submitted documentation is in accordance with the
requirements of the Specification.
c) Submit name and CV with qualifications for Document Control Coordinator to the Engineer
and the Employer for review and acceptance.
D. Language Capability Requirements
1. The Contractor shall ensure that his management personnel staff are fluent in both writing and
reading English and Arabic, in addition to the other languages required by the Employer and can
fully participate in technical discussions in both languages. The Contractor's supervisory Site
staff shall be fluent in both English and Arabic, or alternatively must have a translator available if
they cannot speak English and Arabic.
2. The Contractor shall ensure that his lower levels of supervision on Site have the necessary
language skills to manage the labor of all the nationalities employed on the project for the Work
on the Site.
E. Specification Layout: The arrangement of the Specification into Divisions, Sections, Clauses, sub-
clauses and paragraphs, shall not control the division of the Work among Subcontractors, nor
establish the extent of work to be performed by any particular trade or Subcontractor.
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper coordination of all Work including that required
between different trades and different Subcontractors, distributors, suppliers, utility agencies,
governmental Statutory Authorities/ Relevant Approving Authorities, and similar parties.
1.3 COORDINATION DRAWING SUBMITTALS
A. General: Coordination Drawings shall indicate how the Work shall interface and how the installation
shall be sequenced. It is the intent of this provision for the Coordination Drawing production to find,
bring forth and resolve potential constructability problems prior to actual construction, thereby allowing
for the resolution of issues before the construction cost and schedule are impacted. The Contractor
shall assign a responsible party to lead for this coordination effort.
B. The Contractor shall submit a list of proposed Shop Drawings, Specialist Subcontractor and
Manufacturer drawings for the Engineer's review and acceptance prior to the beginning of the
Coordination Drawing Stage in order to progress the coordination process.
C. The Contractor shall bring to the attention of the Engineer any conflict or interferences of an
unresolved nature found during the preparation of the Coordination Drawings. Expedite conflicts or
interferences and submit solutions and/ or recommendations for review and acceptance by the
Engineer.
D. Coordination Drawings: Prepare and submit coordination drawings where close and careful
coordination shall be required for installation of products and materials fabricated off Site by separate
entities, and where limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient
installation of different components.
1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Provide in a scale large enough
to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base Coordination Drawings on reproductions of the
Contract Documents or standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable:
a) Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of
components during the life of the installation.
b) Prepare sections, elevations and details as needed to describe the relationship of various
systems and components for congested areas and where required to correctly coordinate
work and facilitate Shop Drawings review.
c) Indicate dimensions indicated on the Contract Drawings and make specific note of
dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance
requirements. Provide alternate sketches to the Engineer for resolution of such conflicts.
Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the
Contract.
2. Show the interrelationship of components indicated on separate Shop Drawings.
3. Indicate required installation sequences.
4. Comply with requirements contained in Section 013300 Submittal Procedures.
5. Refer to the relevant Sections of the Specification for specific Coordination Drawing requirements
for mechanical and electrical installations.
E. Details of Contractor's Technical Site Staff
1. Key Personnel Names: Within 14 calendar days of starting construction operations, submit a list
of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at
Site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone
numbers, including mobile, home and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses and
telephone numbers, both mobile and home, of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence
of individuals assigned to the Project.
10/09/2014
a) Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each temporary
telephone. Keep list current at all times.
2. The Engineer shall have the right to interview any of the Contractor's proposed staff before final
acceptance is given and not withstanding any such final acceptance, the Engineer retains the
right to instruct the removal forthwith of any person employed by the Contractor in or about the
Work who, in the opinion of the Engineer, misconduct's himself, or is incompetent or negligent in
the proper performance of his duties, or where employment is otherwise considered by the
Engineer to be undesirable.
3. Each Site staff member of the Technical Staff including but not limited to Site Engineers,
Technical Managers and QA/ QC staff shall possess a Bachelor's Degree in a related
engineering field from a university as accepted by the Engineer or KSA Statutory Authority/
Relevant Approving Authority regulations.
a) The Site Foreman, similar Site management staff and workers performing the work on Site
shall be exempt from this Bachelor Degree requirement.
4. These staff members shall be on Site on a full time basis unless exempted by the Engineer. Staff
members must read, write and converse proficiently in English.
5. The list of staff designations does not preclude the Engineer from instructing the Contractor to
provide additional Site staff at no additional cost.
F. Provide details of Contractor, Subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers to the Engineer.
G. Drawing Review: The Engineer shall review the Coordination Drawings to confirm the Work is being
coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are the Contractor's responsibility.
1. If the Engineer determines that the Coordination Drawings are not being prepared in sufficient
scope or detail, or otherwise deficient, the Engineer shall inform the Contractor. The Contractor
shall make directed changes and resubmit. Work shall not be performed in any areas where
Coordination Drawings have not been reviewed and accepted.
2. The term 'himself' represents a 'person' and is not restricted to the male gender.
1.4 PROJECT WEBSITE AND PROJECT COLLABORATION SOFTWARE TOOL REQUIREMENTS
A. The Aconex Platform collaboration software is the chosen project control system to host all project
documentation and shall be exclusively used to communicate information between the project
members including the Employer, Employer's Representative, the Engineer, the Cost Consultants, the
Contractor and his Subcontractors.
1. The Aconex collaboration software modules deployed on this project shall include Document
Management, Change Management, Cost Management and Archiving as agreed with the
Engineer and the Contractor for project implementation.
B. The Contractor shall use the project website and project collaboration software tool by Aconex for the
purposes of hosting and managing project communication and documentation until Final Completion.
All of the functions and items to be utilized on the Aconex collaboration software website shall be
reviewed by all parties and confirmed by the Engineer and the Employer with the Contractor's
Document Control Manager.
C. Minimum Software Package Requirements
1. The Contractor shall procure the Aconex collaboration software packages under the package's
current published licensing agreement as the main formal communication platform for the project.
The modules to be obtained from Aconex shall include Document Management, Change
Management, Cost Management (Financial Control) and the post project Archive Service as
agreed with the Engineer and Employer.
2. The Contractor shall provide unlimited user access and associated data storage facility to the
project team for the duration of the Work on the Site. Configuration and Training associated with
the design, set-up and use of the system shall be provided by the Aconex team under the
direction of the Contractor's Document Control Manager.
3. The administration, management and future configuration of the Aconex collaboration software
shall be the role of the Contractor's Document Control Manager.
4. For effective use of the Aconex collaboration software, users shall be connected to the internet
via Internet Explorer 8 or above using broadband communications with a minimum of 2MB
dedicated bandwidth capability.
5. However, access speed shall be determined by the number of users sharing the broadband
communications link and the settings of IT networks. The Contractor shall provide dedicated
internet connection for the use of the Aconex collaboration software from the Site office.
6. For the avoidance of doubt, the Contractor shall not use this connection for any other form of
internet access except to connect to the Aconex collaboration software platform.
7. The minimum internet connection for users is 2MB connection per 20 users. Aconex charges do
not include computer and telecommunications equipment and associated software and services
such as PC devices, modems, printers, internet connection.
D. Distribution: The distribution of documents shall be in accordance with the defined and agreed project
team distribution matrix detailed in this Section.

10/09/2014
E. Information not issued via the Aconex collaboration software system shall be deemed as not accepted
or received. It is vital that the Aconex collaboration software is used to provide a complete audit trail of
activities and for project progress reporting purposes.
F. On completion of Work on Site, the Contractor shall provide 1 No. complete archive copy of the
Aconex collaboration software Site files to the Employer, the project Construction Manager and to the
Engineer in a digital storage format acceptable to the Engineer.
G. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and other parties granted access by the Contractor to the Aconex
collaboration software shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of the Aconex End User
License Agreement and submit to the Engineer for record.
1.5 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION/ INFORMATION (RFI)
A. RFI Procedure Summary
1. Definition of RFI: Request from the Contractor seeking interpretation or clarification of the Tender
Drawings, Specification or other Contract Document requirements from the Engineer. Either
phrasing, Requests for Interpretation or Request for Information, is applicable where the
abbreviation RFI is used within the individual Work Sections of the Specification.
2. An RFI is intended for requesting clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents
due to apparent inconsistencies, errors or omissions in the documents or due to unanticipated
existing field conditions.
3. An RFI is not intended for requesting of substitutions, Contractor proposed changes, resolution of
nonconforming work or for any general questions not specifically related to the Contract
Documents.
4. The RFI process is intended to be a cooperative effort between the Engineer and the Contractor
to expedite timely responses to RFI's and to maintain progress of the Work without utilizing other
procedures.
B. Review of Contract Documents and Construction Site Conditions
1. The Contract Documents are complementary; therefore before starting each portion, area or
zone of the Work, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Coordination Drawings,
the Shop Drawings, the Specification, and the Tender Drawings and any other Contract
Documents including prior correspondence or documentation relative to that portion of the Work,
in addition to any additional information furnished by the Employer.
2. The Contractor shall evaluate and take field measurements of any existing conditions on Site
related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at Site affecting the Work.
3. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating and coordinating construction progress and
are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions or inconsistencies in the Contract
Documents.
4. The Contractor acknowledges that all documents pertaining to the Work and the character of the
Site and any existing conditions have been examined and he is satisfied with the nature of the
work and all other matters which shall in any way affect the Work.
5. In event of any inconsistencies between sections of the Contract Documents or within the
Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide the better quality or the greater quantity of
Work in accordance with the more stringent requirements, in accordance with the interpretation
of the Engineer.
6. Any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered in the Contract Documents shall be reported
promptly to the Engineer as a properly prepared and submitted RFI.
a) If the Contractor fails to give such notice, and knowingly proceeds with the Work affected by
errors or omissions in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct any such errors,
inconsistencies or omissions at no additional cost to the Employer.
7. The Contractor shall not be required to ascertain if the Contract Documents are in accordance
with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations unless they bear upon
construction methods, techniques or Health and Safety precautions, and the like. However,
during construction, if the Engineer's response to a Request For Information (RFI) is not
conforming to the aforesaid laws, etc., the Contractor shall promptly draw the attention of the
Engineer to this nonconformity.
C. Contractor Responsibility: When interpretation, clarification or explanation of a portion of the Contract
Documents shall be needed by the Contractor, Subcontractor, Vendor, Supplier or Manufacturer the
request shall be processed by means of an RFI through the Contractor in accordance with the
following actions and activities.
1. The Contractor shall review the RFI for completeness, quality and proper referencing to the
Tender Drawings or the Specification Section and the reason the RFI is submitted.
2. If the RFI is not acceptable, return to the submitter with comments regarding the reason(s) for
rejection.
3. The Contractor shall make every attempt to validate, resolve or respond to an RFI by thoroughly
researching and reviewing the Contract Documents and Site conditions.
4. The Contractor shall respond to the RFI accordingly if it is related to coordination of construction
or another issue not related to the Contract Documents.

10/09/2014
5. If the RFI is unclear in its request, then the Contractor shall request a re-submittal of the RFI in a
clear, concise, complete and easily understood manner and rewritten if deemed necessary.
Provide additional information if necessary.
6. The RFI shall fully assess issues, suggest any reasonable solutions and include various factors,
including potential costs, schedule impacts if any, and recommendations which shall aid in
determining a solution or response. If a reasonable solution cannot be provided, then include a
statement to that effect.
7. Any RFI that is identified as critical and requiring a rapid response shall clearly indicate this
requirement with an explanation as to why the RFI is deemed to be critical.
8. The Contractor shall list the priority for responses when multiple RFI's are submitted within a
short period of time as stipulated in this Section.
9. After all of the items noted above have been accomplished, the Contractor shall submit the RFI
to the Engineer in accordance with the details noted as follows in this Section.
D. Procedure: Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation of the Contract Documents, and if
not possible to request interpretation at Project meeting, the Contractor shall prepare and submit an
RFI in the form specified in this Section.
1. RFIs shall originate with Contractor. RFIs submitted by entities other than Contractor shall be
returned with no response.
2. The Contractor shall coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner to avoid delays in the
overall Work for both the Contractor's and Subcontractors' work.
E. Content of the RFI: The Contractor shall include a detailed, legible description of item needing
interpretation and the following. The Contractor shall complete all parameters of the RFI standard
form on Aconex Platform.
1. Project name.
2. Project number.
3. Date.
4. Name of Contractor.
5. Name of Engineer and Employer's Representative.
6. RFI number, numbered sequentially.
7. A resubmitted RFI or a previously answered RFI requiring revision or further clarification shall be
submitted using the original RFI number followed by the revision number.
8. RFI subject.
9. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.
10. Tender Drawings sheet number and detail references, as appropriate.
11. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
12. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's solution(s) impact the Time for Completion or
the Contract Price, the Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
13. Contractor's signature.
14. Attachments: Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop
Drawings, Coordination Drawings and other information necessary to fully describe items
needing interpretation. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format.
a) Supplementary drawings prepared by the Contractor shall include dimensions, thicknesses,
structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments.
F. Hard-Copy RFIs: Use the form proposed by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer and the
Employer's Representative.
1. Identify each page of attachments with the RFI number and sequential page number.
G. Engineer's Action: The Engineer shall review each RFI, determine action required, and return it. Allow
14 calendar days for Engineer response for each RFI. RFI's received after 1:00 p.m. shall be
considered as received the following working day.
1. The following RFIs shall be returned without action:
a) Requests for approval of submittals.
b) Requests for approval of substitutions.
c) Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents.
d) Requests for adjustments in the Time for Completion or the Contract Price.
e) Requests for interpretation of Engineer's actions on submittals.
f) Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors.
g) RFIs that are not comprehensible.
h) Requests related to construction execution methods or techniques.
i) Requests related to health and/ or safety measures.

10/09/2014
j) Requests due to a lack of adequate coordination by the Contractor.

2. Engineer's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Engineer's time
for response will start again.
3. If numerous RFI's are submitted on the same day or within a 7 calendar day period and a
backlog develops, the review time shall be extended by mutual agreement of the Engineer and
the Contractor.
4. The Engineer shall provide a written response to the RFI if the Engineer believes that the
response only involves an interpretation, clarification or supplemental information. If the RFI
response instructs a minor change in the Work not involving any adjustment to the Contract Price
or an extension of Time for Completion and is not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract
Documents then the Engineer shall respond to the RFI. The written response shall be binding.
5. The decision of the Engineer on matters related to aesthetic effects shall be final if consistent
with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents.
6. The Engineer shall not undertake to settle differences between the Contractor, Subcontractors,
Installers, Suppliers, Vendors, Fabricators or Manufacturers, or act as an arbiter as to which
party shall provide or install various items indicated or required.
7. The Engineer shall provide any additional or supplemental drawings, specification or other
information necessary to facilitate a comprehensive response with his RFI response to the
Contractor.
H. Contractor's Actions, After Engineer's Action
1. Where a RFI response includes a change that shall revise either the Contract Price or Time for
Completion as determined by the Contractor, the RFI response shall only be considered as a
'Notice to Proceed' and the Contractor shall submit a Variation Order request prior to
commencing the Work of the RFI response. Refer to Section 012600 Contract Modification
Procedures for Variation Order procedures.
2. If the Contractor determines or believes that additional cost or time shall be required due to
clarifications, interpretations or instructions issued by the Engineer in response to an RFI,
resubmit the RFI within 7 calendar days of receipt of the Engineer's response with alternate
solutions or suggestions for performing the Work at no additional cost.
a) If a solution is not possible or desirable then submit a claim for the additional cost or time in
accordance with the Contract Conditions within 21 calendar days from the receipt of the
Engineer's response to the original RFI.
3. On receipt of Engineer's action, the Contractor shall update the RFI log and immediately
distribute the RFI response to affected parties.
4. The Contractor shall review response and notify Engineer and the Employer's Representative
within 7 calendar days if Contractor disagrees with response.
5. If a response to an RFI is determined incomplete by the Contractor, the RFI shall be resubmitted
to the Engineer with the reason why the response is unacceptable, include any necessary
additional information, within 7 calendar days of time from the receipt of the initial RFI response
by the Engineer.
I. RFI Log: The Contractor shall prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the
RFI number. The format shall be acceptable to the Engineer. Submit the log weekly and include the
following information.
1. Project name.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
3. Name and address of Engineer and Employer's Representative.
4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted.
5. RFIs with overdue date.
6. Project collaboration website Document Control number for the RFI.
7. RFI description.
8. Date the RFI was submitted.
9. Date Engineer's response was received.
10. Identification of related minor change in the Work, by Engineer's Instruction and Variations, as
appropriate.
11. Identification of related Site decisions, by Engineer's Instruction and Variations, as appropriate.
12. Priority rating for the Engineer's response.
1.6 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK COORDINATOR
A. Refer to Section 013120 Mechanical and Electrical Coordinator for coordinator requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL COORDINATION PROVISIONS

10/09/2014
A. Inspection of Conditions: Require the Installer and Subcontractor of each major component to inspect
both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Engineer.
B. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests to minimize the necessity of
uncovering completed construction for that purpose.
3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place, during handling and
installation. Unless otherwise indicated, apply protective covering as necessary to assure protection
from damage or deterioration through the remainder of the construction period.
B. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary throughout the
remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability
without damaging effects.
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 013119 PROJECT MEETINGS 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 1
1.3 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCES 2
1.4 PROGRESS AND COORDINATION MEETINGS REMOVE FROM HERE IF THIS TOPIC IS 2
COVERED IN THE CONTRACT CONDITIONS OR TENDER DOCUMENTS PREPARED BY THE
QS
1.5 SUBCONTRACTOR'S SITE MEETINGS 4
3.1 GENERAL CONFERENCE AND MEETING REQUIREMENTS 4

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 013119 Project Meetings
10/09/2014
SECTION 013119 PROJECT MEETINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. The administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings, including, but not limited to
the following:
a) Preconstruction conference.
b) Pre-installation conferences.
c) Progress and coordination meetings.
d) Health and Safety (H+S) meetings.
e) Subcontractor's Site meetings.
f) General conference and meeting requirements.
3. Section 013523 Employer Safety Requirements.
D. Definitions
1. RFI: Request for Interpretation or Request for Information.
3. COSHH: Control of Substance Hazardous to Health.
1.2 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A. Preconstruction Conference: The preconstruction (kick-off) meeting shall be held within 7 calendar
days of receipt of the order to commence the Work and should be attended by the Contractor and his
major Subcontractors together with the Engineer and the Employer's Represntative. The meeting shall
be chaired by the Engineer. Hold the conference at Site or another convenient location. Conduct the
meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.
B. Agenda: The agenda for the Preconstruction Conference shall be provided to the Contractor by the
Engineer with a minimum of 3 calendar days prior to the meeting. The agenda shall include but not be
limited to the following.
1. Contractor's organization arrangements.
2. Channels and procedures for communication.
3. Construction schedule including sequence of critical work and phasing.
4. Contract Documents, including distribution of required copies.
5. Processing of Shop Drawings and other data to be submitted to the Engineer for review.
6. Processing of Engineer instructions and Variation Orders.
7. Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) which shall be agreed by the Engineer.
8. Rules and Regulations governing performance of the Work.
9. Designation of key personnel and their duties.
10. Procedures for processing field decisions.
11. Procedures for RFIs.
12. Procedures for testing and inspecting.
13. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment in accordance with the Contract Conditions.
14. Procedures for safety, first aid, security and quality control.
15. Procedures for reporting and monitoring progress, cost, materials, labor and equipment.
16. Office, work, and storage areas.
17. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
18. Housekeeping.
19. Working hours.
20. Preparation of Record Documents.
21. Access to Site.
22. Work restrictions.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 013119 / 1 Project Meetings
10/09/2014
23. Employer's occupancy requirements.

24. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
25. Parking availability.
1.3 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCES
A. Conduct a pre-installation conference at the Site before each major construction activity and
particularly that which requires coordination with other construction.
B. Attendees: The Contractor, Subcontractor, representatives of manufacturers and fabricators or their
agents involved in or affected by the installation, and its coordination or integration with other
materials and installations that shall precede or shall follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise the
Engineer of scheduled meeting dates and agenda.
1. Review the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity
under consideration at each pre-installation conference, including requirements for the following:
a) Contract Documents.
b) Statutory Authorities Approval.
c) Options.
d) Related Variation Orders.
e) Purchases.
f) Deliveries.
g) Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Quality Control Samples.
h) Review of mock-ups.
i) Possible conflicts.
j) Compatibility problems.
k) Time schedule.
l) Weather limitations.
m) Manufacturer's recommendations.
n) Warranty requirements.
o) Compatibility of materials.
p) Acceptability of substrates.
q) Temporary facilities.
r) Space and access limitations.
s) Governing regulations.
t) Safety.
u) Inspecting and testing requirements.
v) Required performance results.
w) Recording requirements.
x) Protection.
2. Record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements of each conference, and the
accepted schedule. The proceedings of all conferences shall be recorded and minutes
distributed in accordance with Part 3 of this Section.
a) Such minutes, when accepted, shall be binding upon all parties.
3. Do not proceed with the installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate
whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and
reconvene the conference at the earliest feasible date.
1.4 PROGRESS AND COORDINATION MEETINGS REMOVE FROM HERE IF THIS TOPIC IS
COVERED IN THE CONTRACT CONDITIONS OR TENDER DOCUMENTS PREPARED BY THE QS
A. Progress Meetings: Job Site progress meetings shall be held minimum 2 No. each month, or as
instructed by the Engineer, to review the Contractor's Construction Schedule and to discuss Work
progress and coordination. Attendees at this meeting shall include the Engineer, the Contractor,
accepted Subcontractors, the Employer and other direct as required. The job Site progress meetings
shall be chaired and convened as directed by the Contractor.
B. Pre-Meeting Submittals: 2 calendar days before each meeting the Contractor shall submit the
following information to the Engineer via the project collaboration website.
1. List of completed activities.
2. List of current activities, with an estimate of time required for completion.
3. List of any variations in starting dates and duration of outstanding activities from planned dates
and times.
4. Percentage completion in every activity.

10/09/2014
5. List of activities that the Contractor plans to start during the following period.
6. Other information required by the Engineer.
7. Shop Drawings submittals status log.
8. RFI submittals status log.
9. Material submittals status log.
10. Material procurement status log.
11. An electronic back-up copy of all the above.
C. Coordination Meetings: Conduct Project coordination meetings at weekly intervals. Project
coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress
meetings and pre-installation conferences.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Employer, the Employer's Representative and
Engineer, each Contractor, Subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current
progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be
represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with project
Work and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Review and correct or accept minutes of the previous coordination meeting. Review
other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate
to status of project Work.
a) Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last coordination
meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind
schedule, in relation to Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how
construction behind schedule shall be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved
to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and
subsequent activities shall be completed within the Contract Time/ Time for Completion.
b) Schedule Updating: Revise Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule after each
coordination meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue
revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting.
c) Review present and future needs of each Subcontractor present, including the following:
1. Interface requirements.
2. Sequence of operations.
3. Status of submittals.
4. Deliveries.
5. Off Site fabrication.
6. Access.
7. Site utilization.
8. Temporary facilities and controls.
9. Work hours.
10. Hazards and risks.
11. Progress cleaning.
12. LEED requirements.
13. Quality and work standards.
14. Variation Orders.
3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others
affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.
D. Health and Safety (H&S) Meetings: The Contractor shall conduct H&S meetings in accordance with
the requirements in Section 013523 Employer Safety Requirements. H&S meetings including Site
walkabout are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and
preinstallation conferences.
1. Attendees: In addition to the Employer, the Employer's Representative, the Engineer, and the
Contractor, the Contractor's H&S Coordinator and H&S team shall be represented at these
meetings and walkabouts. All participants at the meetings shall be familiar with the project and
authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous H&S meeting. Include topics
for discussion as appropriate including but not necessarily limited to the following:
a) The H+S Plan: Review the Contractor's H&S plan paying particular attention to the
following topics:
1. Induction training.
2. Control of Subcontractors.
3. Environmental issues.
4. Distribution of information and communication.

10/09/2014
5. Protective equipment.
6. First aid.
7. Fire precautions and fire plan.
8. Emergency procedures and evacuation.
9. Accident reporting.
10. Record keeping.
11. Method Statements.
12. Risk assessments.
13. Control of substance hazardous to health (COSHH).
3. Reporting: The Contractor shall record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in
attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each H&S meeting.
1.5 SUBCONTRACTOR'S SITE MEETINGS
A. The Contractor shall hold meetings with appropriate Subcontractors and suppliers shortly before main
Site meetings to facilitate accurate reporting of progress.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL CONFERENCE AND MEETING REQUIREMENTS
A. The proceedings of all meetings shall be recorded and distributed as "Minute of Meeting" by the
Engineer to all parties present or concerned, not later than one day prior to the next meeting. The
Engineer shall issue within three calendar days from the date of the meeting the Minutes of Meeting,
through the project collaboration website, for Employer's review and acceptance. Such minutes, when
accepted, shall be binding upon all parties.
B. In addition to participants located within Kingdom of Saudi Arabia on Site attending all of the meetings
indicated in this Section, the Contractor shall arrange via teleconferencing means for the staff
participants located in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia to also attend the meeting at time agreed with the
Engineer.
C. Refer to Section 013113 Project Coordination for coordination requirements.
D. Refer to Section 013300 Submittal Procedures for submittal requirements.
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 013120 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL 1

COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS 1
1.3 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW 1
1.4 COORDINATION ACTION REQUIREMENTS 1
1.5 COORDINATION FOR SUBMITTAL OF DOCUMENTS 1
1.6 COORDINATION OF SUBSTITUTIONS AND MODIFICATIONS 2
1.7 OBSERVATION OF WORK 2
1.8 DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS 2
1.9 EQUIPMENT START-UP REQUIREMENTS 2
1.10 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF EQUIPMENT 2

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 013120 Mechanical And Electrical Coordination
10/09/2014
SECTION 013120 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL

COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. The administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for coordinating construction
operations including but not necessarily limited to the following when the work contractually
comes into effect.
a) Mechanical and electrical Work Coordination requirements.
b) Submittals for review.
c) Coordination action requirements.
d) Coordination for submittals documents.
e) Coordination for substitutions and modifications.
f) Observation of Work.
g) Documentation requirements.
h) Equipment start up requirements.
i) Inspection and acceptance of equipment.
1. Section 012500 Substitution Procedures.
1.2 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall employ and pay for services of a person, technically qualified and
administratively experienced in design, engineering, and field coordination for the type of mechanical
and electrical works related to this project, for the duration of the Work.
1.3 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. Submit name and CV with qualifications for Coordinator before starting work.
B. Submit Coordination Drawings and schedules prior to submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, and
Samples. Refer to Section 013300 Submittal Procedures.
1.4 COORDINATION ACTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordinate electro-mechanical work with work of other Sections.
B. Coordinate progress schedules, including dates for submittals and for delivery of Products.
C. Conduct meeting among Subcontractors, separate contractors, and others concerned with the Work,
to establish and maintain coordination and schedules, and to resolve coordination matters in dispute.
D. Participate in progress meetings. Report on progress of Work to be adjusted under coordination
requirements, and any required changes in schedules. Transmit minutes of meetings and reports to
concerned parties.
E. Prepare Coordination Drawings to organize installation of products for efficient use of available space,
for proper sequence of installation and to identify potential conflicts.
F. Prepare a master schedule to identify responsibilities under each Section of the Contract Documents
for activities which directly relate to this work, including submittals and temporary utilities.
G. Identify electrical power characteristics and control wiring required for each item of equipment.
H. Maintain documents for the duration of the work, recording changes due to Site instructions,
modifications or adjustments.
I. After Engineer's review of original and revised documents, reproduce and distribute copies to
concerned parties.
1.5 COORDINATION FOR SUBMITTAL OF DOCUMENTS
A. Review Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples for compliance with Contract Documents and for
coordination with work. Transmit for review, copy of reviewed documents to the Engineer.
B. Check field dimensions and clearances and relationship to available space and anchors.
C. Check compatibility with equipment and work of other Sections, electrical characteristics, and
operational control requirements.
D. Coordinate controls, interlocks, wiring of pneumatic switches, and relays.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 013120 / 1 Mechanical And Electrical Coordination
10/09/2014
E. Coordinate wiring and control diagrams.

F. Review the effect of any changes on work of other Sections.
G. Verify information and coordinate maintenance of Record Documents.
1.6 COORDINATION OF SUBSTITUTIONS AND MODIFICATIONS
A. Review proposals and requests from Subcontractors and separate contractors. Refer to Section
012500 Substitution Procedures.
B. Verify compliance with Contract Documents and for compatibility with work and Products of other
Sections.
C. Submit with recommendation for action.
1.7 OBSERVATION OF WORK
A. Observe work for compliance with Contract Documents.
B. Maintain a list of observed deficiencies and defects; promptly submit.
1.8 DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Observe and maintain a record of tests. Refer to Section 014529 Testing Laboratory Services where
applicable. Record the following information in the Record Log.
1. Specification Section number, Product, and name of Subcontractor.
2. Name of Qualified Testing Agency and name of inspector.
3. Name of manufacturer's representative present.
4. Date, time, and duration of tests.
5. Type of tests, and results.
6. Retesting required.
7. Refer to Section 014000 Quality Requirements.
B. Assemble background documentation for dispute and claim settlement by the Engineer.
C. Submit copies of documentation to the Engineer upon request.
1.9 EQUIPMENT START-UP REQUIREMENTS
A. Observe startup and adjustments; record time and date of startup, and results.
B. Observe equipment demonstrations to the Engineer; record times and additional information required
for Operation and Maintenance (O+M) Manuals.
1.10 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF EQUIPMENT
A. Prior to the Engineer's inspection, verify that equipment is tested, operational, clean, and ready for
operation.
B. Assist the Engineer with review. Prepare list of items to be completed and corrected, and verify in the
inspection documents exact parts, system, purpose as well as the extent that the Contractor wishes to
be inspected.
End of Section

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 013120 / 2 Mechanical And Electrical Coordination
10/09/2014
SECTION 013226 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS REPORTING 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 SUBMITTALS 1
1.3 DAILY REPORT 1
1.4 WEEKLY REPORT 2
1.5 MONTHLY REPORT 2
1.6 SPECIAL REPORTS 3
1.7 RECORDS 3

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 013226 Construction Progress Reporting
10/09/2014
SECTION 013226 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS REPORTING

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. This Section includes the general requirements that shall be carried out with the progress of the
project Work in addition to the requirements indicated in the Contract Conditions including, but not
limited to the following.
1. Daily Report.
2. Weekly Report.
3. Monthly Report.
4. Special Reports.
5. Records.
3. Section 019113 General Commissioning Requirements.
D. Definitions
1. HSE: Health, Safety and the Environment.
2. CA: Commissioning Authority.
3. O+M: Operation and Maintenance.
4. FM: Facilities Management.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Comply with the requirements of Section 013300 Submittal Procedures.
1. All reports indicated in this Section should be posted to the project collaboration website. Hard
copies shall be distributed in the quantities indicated in this Section unless otherwise agreed with
the Employer and the Engineer.
B. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at weekly intervals unless otherwise directed by Engineer to
submit daily. The Contractor shall submit at weekly intervals to the Engineer, compiling each daily
construction report occurring in the previous week. The Contractor shall agree with the Engineer
which day of the week shall begin the report sequence.
C. Material Location Reports: Submit at weekly intervals.
D. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions on Site with the information
indicated on the Contract Drawings.
E. Special Reports: Submit at time of unusual event to the Engineer and the Employer.
F. Qualification Data: The Contractor shall submit for the programming manager.
1.3 DAILY REPORT
A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare daily construction report recording the following information
concerning events at the Site. Compile within the Contractor's Weekly Report unless directed by the
Engineer to submit on a daily basis.
1. List of Subcontractors at the Site.
2. List of separate contractors at the Site.
3. Approximate count of personnel at the Site.
4. Equipment at the Site.
5. Material deliveries.
6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain.
7. Accidents.
8. Meetings and significant decisions.
9. Unusual events see special report requirements of this Section.
10. Stoppages, delays, shortages and losses.
11. Meter readings and similar recordings.
12. Emergency procedures.
13. Orders and requests of Kingdom of Saudi Arabia Statutory Authorities..
14. Variations received and implemented.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 013226 / 1 Construction Progress Reporting
10/09/2014
15. Instructions by the Engineer received and implemented.

16. Services connected and disconnected.
17. Equipment or system tests and startups.
18. Partial completions and occupancies.
19. Taking-Over scope authorized.
20. Early Warning Notification.
21. Marked up plans reflecting progress achieved against planned progress for the day.
22. Look ahead program reflecting mitigation measures for the day.
B. The format and the number of hard copies of this report shall be agreed with the Engineer prior to use.
1.4 WEEKLY REPORT
A. Contractor's Weekly Report: The Contractor shall be required to submit a detailed weekly progress
report supported by an updated short term look ahead program. The weekly report shall contain the
following topics in addition to the compilation of the daily reports for the week.
1. Design information required.
2. Procurement Status.
3. Review and acceptance of Submittals.
4. Progress of the Work.
5. Coordination Issues.
6. Construction Schedule Review.
7. Two week look ahead program.
8. Mitigation of Delays.
9. Variations.
10. Payments.
11. Risk and opportunities register.
12. Staff Inductions.
13. Tool Box Talks.
14. Incident Reports.
15. Labor and Plant for the week.
16. Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) which shall be agreed by the Engineer.
17. Other information requested by the Engineer.
18. The Contractor shall prepare weekly reports and submit to the Engineer on each Saturday for the
previous week, except for the last week of each month, which shall be covered in the Monthly
Report. The cut-off date or data date for this report shall be the Thursday of the previous week.
The weekly report shall consist as a minimum the following: updates of actual progress
information, actual utilization of manpower and construction equipment, updated material delivery
schedule and status of submissions.
19. The actual format and content of the Weekly Report shall be subject to the acceptance of the
Engineer. The Weekly Report shall be a bound A4 size document unless otherwise accepted.
The Weekly Reports shall be submitted via the project collaboration website in addition to
minimum 3 No. hard copy originals and any further copies shall be submitted if and when
required by the Engineer. A softcopy version on CD/ DVD containing the Weekly Reports shall be
provided if specifically requested by the Engineer.
1.5 MONTHLY REPORT
A. Contractor's Monthly Report: The Due Date for the Monthly Report shall be determined by mutual
agreement with the Employer, the Engineer and the Contractor, in accordance with the requirements
of the Contract Conditions.
1. Contract Summary.
2. Executive Summary:
a) Progress of Work to date.
b) Risks and opportunities.
c) Delays and planning.
d) Level 1 progress summary.
e) Key milestone program.
3. Financial Summary:
a) Outline Statement of Final Account (Schedule of Instruction).
b) Payments.

10/09/2014
c) Cash flow (S-curve: planned progress versus actual progress).

4. Occupational Health and Safety and Environment (HSE).
5. Procurement:
a) Long lead procurement program.
b) Tender Event Program.
c) Schedule of Subcontractors employed on Site (start and finish date).
d) Schedule of Provisional Sums.
e) Risks and opportunities.
6. Programs and Logs, as detailed in this Section:
a) Forecast completion date.
b) Current Construction Schedule (Level 1 and fully detailed).
c) Current commissioning program.
d) As-built Program.
e) Detailed 8 week look ahead program.
f) Extension of time requested and awarded.
g) Summary of the progress of the Work.
h) Cumulative labor return for preceding month and forecast labor return for the coming month,
including all planned vs. actual records.
i) Cumulative plant and equipment return for the preceding month.
7. Outstanding approvals and following month required approvals.
8. Key information required in the next 4 weeks.
B. Material Location Reports: At weekly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of materials
delivered to and stored at the Site. The list shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported
plus items recently delivered. Include with the list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for
materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from the Site. Indicate the following
categories for stored materials.
1. Material stored prior to previous report and remaining in storage.
2. Material stored prior to previous report and since removed from storage and installed.
3. Material stored following previous report and remaining in storage.
C. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between Site conditions and the
Contract Documents, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with an RFI
form. Refer to Section 013113 Project Coordination for the RFI procedure. Include a detailed
description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract
Documents and the Contractor shall indicate how the difference still complies with the requirements of
the Contract Documents.
D. The actual format and content of the above reports shall be subject to the acceptance of the Engineer.
The Monthly Report shall be a bound A4 size document unless otherwise accepted.
1. Submit the Monthly Report via the project collaboration website. The complete Monthly Report
shall be submitted in 6 No. hard copy originals and any further copy(s) shall be submitted if and
when required by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide a soft copy version on CD/ DVD
containing the Monthly Report shall be submitted along with the hard copies to the Engineer.
1.6 SPECIAL REPORTS
A. General: Submit special reports directly to the Employer within 1 day of an occurrence. Distribute
copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence. Use project form submitted to the Engineer for
acceptance and copy Engineer on reports given to the Employer.
B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Site,
whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report.
1. List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of
results or effects, and similar pertinent information.
2. Advise Employer in advance when these events shall be known or predictable.
1.7 RECORDS
A. Site Records and Site Logs
1. The Contractor shall maintain accurate records, in tabular form, of the actual start and finish
dates of all activities and events under the scope of Work. The records of any intermediate hand
over and/ or take over to and from other also shall be logged and maintained by the Contractor.
2. Diagrammatic records by way of Site sketches, marked-up drawings, notations to represent
various stages of Work progress including dates as applicable shall be maintained by the
Contractor.
B. Weather Records

10/09/2014
1. The Contractor shall keep an accurate record of the following items:

a) General weather conditions including but not limited to rain accumulation and downfall, sun
exposure and cloud cover conditions.
b) Daily maximum and minimum atmospheric shade temperatures, air temperatures and
humidity, including overnight values, the location of the thermometer devices shall be
agreed with the Engineer.
c) Maintain daily records of wind speeds, wind direction and log data.
d) Number of hours per day in which work is prevented by inclement weather.
2. The records described above shall be well documented, and shall be easily traceable for any
future reference. These records shall be available for inspection by the Engineer.
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 3
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW 5
3.2 EMPLOYER'S REPRESENTATIVE/ PROJECT MANAGER REVIEW 5
3.3 ENGINEER'S REVIEW 6

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 013300 Submittal Procedures
10/09/2014
SECTION 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. Submittal administrative requirements.
2. Submittal procedures.
3. Contractor's review.
4. Engineer's review.
1. Section 011000 Summary.
3. Section 012900 Payment Procedures.
9. Section 017300 Execution.
11. Section 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data.
12. Section 017839 Project Record Documents.
13. Individual Work Sections of the Specification for specific submittal requirements.
D. Definitions
1. EOT: Extension of Time.
1.2 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide information describing systems and materials proposed for use in the Work to verify
performance, operation and maintenance. Submit to the Engineer for review and action, or for record.
B. Prepare and submit Pre-contract Submittals at the time of Tender and Post Contract Submittals after
Contract Award, as specified in the individual Work Sections of the Specification, and in accordance
with the Contract Conditions. Refer to Section 014200 References for the definition of Pre-contract.
C. Notify the Engineer if during or prior to preparing the submittals, the Design Intent is affected, or if
parts of Work are affected. The responsibility shall rest with the Contractor to inform the Engineer
regarding adjustments to Design Intent.
D. The Engineer shall have the right at reasonable times to visit the Contractor's or his Subcontractor's
office to check on progress of submittals.
E. Information contained on the Tender Drawings shall be treated as confidential and shall not be used
for purposes other than for the Work. Such information shall not be communicated to third parties for
other purposes without the specific acceptance of the Engineer.
F. Schedule of Submittals: Provide an acceptable Schedule of Submittals that indicates the types of
submittals and dates on which the Engineer shall receive the required submittals. Indicate critical
dates for selections of finishes and colors.
1. Prepare a Schedule of Submittals in an acceptable format to the Engineer for project use, the
schedule shall be used for the project duration to track the submission process for all of the
Work.
a) The schedule shall indicate purchase order date, manufacturer lead times and date material
shall be required on Site for incorporation into the Work.
b) The schedule shall also track the dates that the submittals are received by the Contractor
from Subcontractors, when the Contractor transmits to the Engineer and when the Engineer
returns the action response to the Contractor.
c) Prepare an outstanding items list from the schedule that shall be reviewed at progress
meetings and at coordination meetings as the project proceeds.
2. Preliminary Version: Prepare and submit to the Engineer a preliminary construction Schedule of
Submittals within the number of days stipulated in the Contract Conditions from the Contract
Award.
a) Indicate on the schedule a brief description of each submittal.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 013300 / 1 Submittal Procedures
10/09/2014
b) For Shop Drawings indicate proposed drawing title, number and scale.
c) Indicate on the schedule the Specification division section number that governs the Work
included in the submittal.
3. Construction Work Version: Correlate the Schedule of Submittals with the accepted Construction
Schedule.
a) For initial reviews, intermediate reviews and re-submittal reviews allow 14 calendar days
Engineer.
b) For sequential reviews by multiple parties allow 21 calendar days for initial review.
c) For concurrent reviews by multiple parties allow 21 calendar days.
4. Multiple parties shall submit reviewed copy to the Engineer who shall then return to the
Contractor.
a) Revise and promptly resubmit the Schedule of Submittals as necessary.
5. No EOT shall be granted for delays resulting from the Contractor allowing insufficient time for the
review of submittals and re-submittals.
G. Submittal Transmittal Identification
1. Identify each submittal item with an easily identifiable label or title block in English and in an A4
format acceptable to the Engineer containing the following items:
a) Project name.
b) Applicable part of the Work.
c) Package number and name of Subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer submitting package.
d) Manufacturer's product reference.
e) Respective Specification number, include further reference to the paragraph number of the
section if required for precise identification. Do not place submittal items from more than
one specification section on the same transmittal form.
f) Date of submittal.
g) Total number of submitted items and a description of the item.
h) For Shop Drawings, list the drawings number, title and date of each drawing transmitted.
i) Provide Shop Drawings that shall be acceptably titled with a title block detailing the
applicable parts of the Work.
j) For samples, list the parts or areas of the Works to which the sample pertains and date on
which sample products shall be scheduled to be include in the Work.
k) Provide any Contractor remarks pertinent to the submittal including exceptions to or
deviations from the Contract Documents and the reasons they occur for the project.
2. Provide space on each submittal for stamping by the Contractor and the Engineer.
a) Numbering: Assign each submittal with a unique reference number. Retain the submittal
number throughout revisions and resubmissions. Add a suffix either alphabetical or
numerical but of consistent type throughout the work, to the submittal number of each re-
submittal. Maintain consecutive suffixes.
b) Variations and Substitutions: Identify submittals which differ from the requirements of the
Tender Drawings and the Specification and submit with a request for substitution in an
acceptable format. Refer to Section 012500 Substitution Procedures/ the requirements
indicated in the Contract Conditions regarding substitution procedures.
c) Stamp: On each submittal this stamp and signature by the Contractor shall indicate that the
submittal is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
3. Provide space on each submittal form for insertion by the Engineer for the following.
a) Date submittal was received by the Engineer.
b) Date submittal is returned by the Engineer to the Contractor.
c) Action Taken.
d) Engineer's remarks including major deviations from the Contract Documents or reasons for
a C-Action or D-Action if there are no notes on the submittal itself.
H. Delivery: Send submittals to the Engineer. Accompany each submission with a transmittal form
containing relevant information. Indicate on the transmittal form the purpose for which each submittal
is being made. The Contractor shall bear the cost of transmission for all submittals where hard copy
submissions are required to be delivered to the staff in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia,via courier to and
from the Engineer and all parties scheduled for review, in addition to the posting to the agreed project
website using the project collaboration software tool required by the Engineer and Employer's
Representative.
I. Quantities for Hard Copy Submissions

10/09/2014
1. Unless otherwise specified in the individual Work Sections of the Specification, where physical
copies of the submission are required submit minimum of 5 No. hard copies for each type of
submittal specified. Determine the number of copies required for submission procedures and
bear in mind 2 No. copies shall be retained by Engineer during the submittal review process.
2. For Coordination Drawings, submit minimum of 3 No. hard copies of each submittal, the
Engineer shall return 1 No. copy. Where Coordination Drawings are required for O+M Manuals,
submit minimum 5 No. hard copies, the Engineer shall retain 2 No. copies and the remainder
shall be returned to the Contractor.
3. Refer to the individual Work Sections of the Specification for additional quantity requirements
dependent on the section work scope. The exact quantity of hard copies shall be confirmed with
the Engineer prior to submission.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Product Data
1. Submit product data in accordance with the product data submittal requirements given within the
individual Work Sections of the Specification.
2. Include technical data documenting the primary performance of each system, system component
and/ or material in the Work.
3. Include a materials schedule and manufacturers' literature clearly identifying the primary function,
quality and performance of the products. Arrange the schedule in a vertical format with the
materials identified by manufacturer's name, product name or model number, and include
specific locations of use and related Shop Drawings where appropriate.
4. Prepare Product Data specific to the Project.
B. Shop Drawings
1. Refer to Section 014200 References for the definition of Shop Drawings.
2. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the Shop Drawings submittal requirements given
within the individual Work Sections of the Specification.
3. Include full size and graphic representations including descriptions for materials, components
and equipment, construction, finishes, provisions for movements, fabrication and erection
tolerances. Document the required type, number and location of each system, system
components and materials.
4. Indicate layouts, locations and assemblies, junctions, jointing methods, Site connections,
fastening and sealing methods, fabrication methods, standard details, enlarged design details,
diagrams, illustrations, related schedules, relevant structural, thermal and acoustic calculations
and similar data, details of manufactured or fabricated items, templates and installation
instructions, relations to adjoining work, and changes to the Design to suit Site conditions.
5. Shop Drawings shall demonstrate full compatibility and coordination with adjoining work.
6. Check and verify dimensions and Site conditions as required for Shop Drawings preparation and
when requested by the Subcontractors and any other third parties for their preparation of Shop
Drawings. Such information shall be provided promptly to prevent delay in the Work.
7. Prepare Shop Drawings in metric to an acceptable scale appropriate to the detail. Reduced size
Shop Drawings shall not be acceptable.
8. Sheet size shall be at least A4 size but no larger than A0 size.
9. Shop Drawings shall not be reproductions or tracings of the Tender Drawings or other information
prepared by the Engineer, unless specifically agreed in advance with the Engineer.
10. Design Regulations: Ensure Shop Drawings comply with applicable codes and regulations, and
when required that they receive the necessary approvals from Kingdom of Saudi Arabia Statutory
Authority, without causing delays to the Work.
11. When preparing the Shop Drawings consult the current Architectural, Structural, Mechanical,
Electrical, Civil and Landscape Tender Drawings. Verify measurements, tolerances and
discrepancies on Site and adjust Shop Drawings, prior to submitting for Engineer's review.
12. Where applicable, the Shop Drawings may utilize the manufacturer's standard details provided
that they are in accordance with the Design Intent as indicated in the Contract Documents.
13. Fabricate the Work exactly as indicated on the reviewed and returned Shop Drawings. If shop
practice dictates revisions to occur in the fabrication process, revise the Shop Drawings and
resubmit to the Engineer.
C. Samples
1. General: Submit Product Data in accordance with the sample submittal requirements given within
the individual Work Sections of the Specification.
a) Include natural materials, fabricated items, equipment, devices, appliances and components
to verify the visual appearance requirements.
b) Samples shall be reviewed for their visual characteristics only.

10/09/2014
c) Provide range samples where variations of color, graining, texture and other characteristics
are specified or indicated. Submit the extreme range expected from the manufacturer or
supplier when the product cannot be represented by a single sample and variety exists in
the product regarding natural markings and other physical qualities.
d) Custom color samples shall be submitted illustrating precise colors, textures, patterns and
finishes.
e) Clearly label samples with project information and submittal stamp, where possible submit
samples in labeled containers, at the discretion of the Specification.
f) Store accepted submittal samples and duplications of submittal samples at the Engineer's
Site office unless otherwise indicated.
g) Accepted submittal samples shall serve as the standard against which the material installed
in the Work shall be judged; for areas within the Site installation where the material shall not
match the accepted samples the Engineer shall notify the Contractor.
2. Pre-contract Samples
a) Provide samples with Tender or during the Evaluation to verify compliance of the visual
appearance requirements.
b) The Engineer shall retain the samples as a record of materials agreed for the Contract until
completion of the Work.
c) Include relevant manufacturer's literature and technical specifications.
3. Post Contract Samples
a) Verify samples against those submitted prior to Base Date/ Contract Award and ensure that
quality and type have been maintained and are in accordance with the specified
requirements.
b) The Engineer shall retain the samples as a record of materials to be incorporated in the
Work, and used as references for controlling consistency throughout the Work.
c) Samples shall comprise materials in their final form.
d) If any change of material, color, texture, finish, or service characteristics shall be made by
the manufacturer or supplier after Engineer's acceptance of submittal samples, resubmit
samples of the adjusted product noting the revised features in accordance with the
requirements given in this Section to the Engineer for A-Action acceptance prior to
implementation of the material in the Work.
D. Supplementary Product Literature: Provide manufacturer's literature that is not documented in the
Product Data. Include manufacturer's catalog information, product specifications, standard
illustrations, diagrams, standard details, handling and installation procedures. Describe physical
characteristics including size, weight, finish, material analysis, electrical requirements, with load
tables, test results, and industry quality standards.
E. Coordination Drawings: Refer to Section 013113 Project Coordination for requirements.
F. Method Statements: Provide as required within individual Work Sections of the Specification.
1. The detailed method statement shall reflect the proposed method of construction to clearly
identify the sequence of construction, the coordination of the Work between all parties involved
and other relevant factors to provide the Engineer with sufficient detail to understand the
Contractor's intentions. Refer to Section 017300 Execution.
2. The definition of Method Statements could also be applied to the following terms used within the
individual Work Sections of the Specification: Work Program, Proposals for temporary work and
Installation Sequence Plans.
G. Quality Plan: Provide quality plan reports describing the Contractor's proposed quality control
procedures for the Work as required within the individual Work Sections of the Specification. Refer to
Section 014000 Quality Requirements.
H. Certifications or Affidavits: Include certified reports verifying the compliance of specified materials and
systems, including applicable chemical and physical properties. Include test reports from testing
laboratories to validate claims contained in certifications or affidavits.
1. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that personnel and welding procedures are in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Include names of firms and
personnel certified. Submit record of 'Welding Procedure Specification' and 'Procedure
Qualification Record' on American Welding Society (AWS) forms, unless otherwise accepted by
the Engineer.
2. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on company letterhead certifying that the Installer
shall comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Where required, also provide
manufacturer authorization for the Installer to work on this project.
3. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer company letterhead
certifying that the manufacturer complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.
4. Product and Material Certificates; Submit written statements on manufacturer company
letterhead certifying that the products and materials are in accordance with the requirements of

10/09/2014
I. Statement of Manufacturer's Review: Prepare a signed statement of suitability and use of materials as
specified in an acceptable format. Copy a statement to each material manufacturer.
J. Preconstruction Testing Reports: Include technical reports containing results of the testing of systems
and materials, as specified. State compliance with the specified requirements of the Tender Drawings
and the Specification. Include test certificates, as applicable. Refer to Section 014000 Quality
Requirements and Section 014529 Testing Laboratory Services for additional information.
1. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a Qualified Testing Agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with
requirements in the Contract Documents.
2. Product Test Reports: Submit reports indicating that current product produced by the
manufacturer shall be in accordance with the requirements in the Contract Documents. Base
reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a Qualified Testing
Agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a Qualified Testing Agency.
3. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a Qualified Testing Agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before
installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation
needed for adhesive.
K. Field Test Reports: Submit reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either
during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location for compliance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
L. Inspection Reports: Provide as required within individual Work Sections of the Specification. Refer to
Section 014000 Quality Requirements.
M. Schedule of Tests and Inspections Submittal: Provide schedule in accordance with the requirements
of Section 014000 Quality Requirements.
N. Technical Calculations: Include technical engineering calculations documenting the technical
performance of systems, system components and materials, required by the Tender Drawings and
Specification. Calculations shall be prepared and signed by the Contractor's qualified Structural
Engineer, unless otherwise specified.
O. Health and Safety (H+S) Design Risk Assessment: Prepare and submit documentation as required
within individual Work Sections of the Specification. Refer to Section 011000 Summary for
Contractor's responsibility requirements.
P. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include manufacturer's printed instructions.
Q. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Include field reports performed by manufacturers as they review the
Site conditions and installation progress.
R. Installation Records: Provide as required within individual Work Sections of the Specification. Refer to
Section 017839 Project Record Documents.
S. Closeout Submittals
1. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Provide in accordance with the
requirements of Section 017800 Closeout Submittals.
2. Maintenance Data: Provide in accordance with the requirements of Section 017823 Operation
and Maintenance Data.
3. Warranties: Provide in accordance with the requirements of Section 017836 Warranties.
T. Quality Assurance Submittals: Refer to Section 014000 Quality Requirements for submittal
requirements.
U. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Refer to Section 011000 Summary for Contractor's Construction
Schedule submittal requirements.
V. Application for Payment and Schedule of Values Submittals: Refer to Section 012900 Payment
Procedures/ [Insert name of Contract Conditions file] document for submittal procedure and
requirements.
W. Permits: Provide permit copies as submittals items as required within individual Work Sections of the
Specification.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Include information within a submission to adequately define and explain each system or item of work.
Combine submittals from various Sections as necessary and furnish at one time as a single
submission.
B. Preview submittals for completeness and compliance with the Tender Drawings and the Specification
prior to their submission. Stamp submittals to indicate satisfactory preview, completeness and
compliance with the specified requirements. Submittals without Contractor's stamp shall be returned
without review by the Engineer.
3.2 EMPLOYER'S REPRESENTATIVE/ PROJECT MANAGER REVIEW
A. The Employer may assign an Employer's Representative to serve as the intermediate step between
the Contractor and the Engineer regarding submissions, meaning the items sent from the Contractor
would first be processed by the Employer's Representative and then once reviewed and processed
would be sent to the Engineer.
10/09/2014
B. The exact procedure, including but not limited to postings on the project collaboration website, review
time durations and notifications of received information, for this intermediate step shall be determined
with all parties in the Construction Phase of the Work on Site.
3.3 ENGINEER'S REVIEW
A. Review
1. The Engineer shall review submittals for general and practical compliance with the Tender
Drawings and the Specification.
2. Submittals shall be stamped or marked by the Engineer, in accordance with the requirements
specified in the portion Submittals for Action of this Section.
3. Incomplete or erroneous submittals shall be returned and require a new submittal. The review by
the Engineer is not exhaustive, and does not relieve the Contractor from responsibilities,
omissions or deficiencies in the Work, or from the responsibility to coordinate various parts of the
Work, including the taking of Site measurements.
4. Re-submittals shall be made under the procedure for initial submittals; identifying changes made
since previous submittals.
5. Shop Drawings shall be reviewed for visual and overall functional matters for the sole purpose of
ascertaining general conformance with the Design Intent.
a) This review shall not mean the Engineer warrants or represents that the information
contained in the Shop Drawings is either accurate or complete, that responsibility shall
remain with the Contractor. The Engineer's review shall not relieve the Contractor of his
responsibility for errors and omissions in the Shop Drawings or of his responsibility for
meeting the design, details and all other requirements of the Contract Documents.
6. The Contractor is responsible for confirming dimensions and correlating at the Site, for
information that pertains solely to fabrication processes or to techniques of construction and
installation, and for coordination of the work of all Subcontractors.
a) The Contractor shall not be awarded any extra time or compensation for modifications
required to the Shop Drawings as a result of coordination and other modifications that shall
be necessary during the course of the Work.
7. Coordination Drawings shall be reviewed for visual and overall functional matters for the sole
purpose of ascertaining general conformance with the Design Intent. The responsibility of
coordination work shall remain with the Contractor and any comments made by the Engineer in
his review shall not relieve the Contractor of that responsibility.
8. For Performance Specified Work indicated in the individual Work Sections of the Specification,
the Detailed Design shall be reviewed by the Engineer in the prepared Shop Drawings. Refer to
Section 011000 Summary for the requirements of Performance Specified Work and Section
014200 References for the definition of Detailed Design.
B. Submittals for Action
1. Includes Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples to document the technical performance or
demonstrate the appearance of products, materials or systems which shall be examined and
stamped for a specific action, as follows:
a) A-Action: Signifies fabrication, manufacture, construction and purchasing may proceed
provided the work is in compliance with the specified requirements.
b) B-Action: Signifies fabrication, manufacture, construction and purchasing may proceed
provided the work takes into account the notations by the Engineer. Unless otherwise
indicated, notations shall comply with the specified requirements.
c) C-Action: Signifies no work is to be fabricated, manufactured or constructed. Make new
submittals until re-submissions are not required and an A-Action is achieved. C-Action
submittals are not permitted on Site.
d) D-Action: Signifies the submission does not comply with the Contract requirements and
fabrication, manufacturer, construction or purchasing shall not proceed under any
circumstances.
2. The final comments of the Engineer for A-Action and B-Action reviews shall be conditional upon
receipt other documentation, samples, certifications, acceptances, mock-ups and test reports, as
specified.
a) Do not proceed with work dependent upon other documentation until all items have been
submitted and returned by the Engineer and verified by the Contractor. Any work that shall
be redone or made good due to noncompliance with these stipulations shall be solely at the
Contractor's expense.
3. The receipt of Shop Drawings by the Contractor from the Engineer marked A-Action or B-Action
shall not constitute agreement of a variation.
4. The Contractor shall only utilize A-Action or B-Action submittals.
C. Failure of the Contractor to process submissions for review shall not relieve the Contractor of his
responsibilities under the Contract Conditions.
D. Review of the submissions by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for
execution of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

10/09/2014
E. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents, for
errors of any kind in the submissions or for the necessity of furnishing Work required by the Contract
Documents which shall have been omitted from the reviewed submissions by the Engineer. The
Engineer's review of individual items within submissions shall not be construed as a review of the
complete assembly in which the item functions.
1. The Contractor, not the Employer, shall be responsible for extra costs for alterations to the Work
caused by discrepancies, errors or omissions in submissions irrespective of whether the
submissions shall have been reviewed or not by the Engineer.
F. No increase in Contract Price or Time for Completion shall be implied by comments marked on
submissions or submission transmittals by the Engineer.
G. The Engineer's review of submissions shall not absolve the Contractor from the responsibility of
correctly locating all items in the Work.
1. The Contractor shall pay for all costs due to Subcontractor work revised as a result of improper
location in the Work.
H. Submittals for Record: Includes supplementary product literature, Certifications, Statements of
Manufacturer's Review, Preconstruction Testing and Inspection Reports and Technical Calculations, in
addition to other record submittal requirements indicated in the individual Work Sections of the
Specification to substantiate the technical performance of products, materials and systems, these
shall be examined and stamped 'Record Document' by the Contractor, prior to submission.
I. Submittals for Information: Where informational submittals are referenced in the individual Work
Sections of the Specification or for submittals deemed by the Engineer to be only for information,
these items shall not be actioned and nothing shall be returned to the Contractor.
J. Submittals for Employer Documentation: Includes Warranties, Guarantees, Record Drawings and
Operation and Maintenance (O+M) Manuals, for use by the Employer after completion of the Work
and shall be stamped Employer Documentation'.
K. Distribution: The Engineer shall return submittals to the Contractor for distribution and to document
their progress against the Schedule of Submittals.
1. Submittals for Action: These submittals shall be returned to the Contractor.
2. Submittals for Record: These submittals shall be retained by the Engineer. Written comment may
be provided by the Engineer for the Contractor.
3. Submittals for Employer Documentation: These submittals shall be forwarded on to the Employer
by the Engineer or by the Employer's Representative as determined during the construction
progress on Site.
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 013523 EMPLOYER SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 CONSTRUCTION HEALTH AND SAFETY (H+S) REGULATIONS 1
1.3 HEALTH AND SAFETY (H+S) FILE 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) REQUIREMENTS 3
3.1 RISKS TO HEALTH AND SAFETY (H+S) ON SITE 3
3.2 H+S MEETINGS, AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS 3
3.3 ACCIDENT, INCIDENT AND NEAR MISS REPORTING 3

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 013523 Employer Safety Requirements
10/09/2014
SECTION 013523 EMPLOYER SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. Construction Health and Safety (H+S) regulations.
2. Health and Safety (H+S) file.
3. Risks to Health and Safety (H+S) on Site.
4. H+S Meetings, audits and inspections.
5. Accident, incident and near miss reporting.
D. Definitions
2. COSHH: Control of Substance Hazardous to Health.
3. HSE: Health, Safety and Environment.
4. PPE: Personal Protective Equipment.
1.2 CONSTRUCTION HEALTH AND SAFETY (H+S) REGULATIONS
A. The Tender Drawings have been prepared with due regard to applicable and Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Statutory Authority H+S Regulations.
B. Perform the Work in accordance with the applicable H+S Regulations and requirements given in the
Contract Conditions.
C. Contractor's Responsibilities
1. Include provisions for full consideration of the Health and Safety (H+S) of operatives when
completing the Detailed Design work, during manufacturing, installing or operating and
maintaining the Work.
2. Provide Shop Drawings that incorporate methods of manufacture, installation, maintenance and
safe use in compliance with relevant H+S Regulatory requirements. Refer to Section 013300
Submittal Procedures.
3. Provide risk assessments for the project components as required within the individual Work
Sections of the Specification.
4. Provide signed Method Statements describing execution details for the H+S Work; include
references to how the Work complies with these requirements.
5. Provide a similar statement signed by each Subcontractor or their designated representative
before each Subcontractor commences Work on Site.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible to appoint a Health and Safety (H+S) Coordinator for the project
duration of the Work on Site in accordance with the Contract Conditions.
1. The Contractor shall employ a qualified full-time H+S Coordinator on the Project who will be
responsible for the implementation of the Project Specific H+S Plan and fulfill all the duties
specified in this Section. The Contractor shall submit the CV of the proposed Senior H+S
Manager to the Engineer for the Engineer's acceptance.
2. The H+S Coordinator shall have full authority to stop Work if it is considered unsafe and shall
have the full support of the Contractor.
3. These duties shall include the review of all Method Statements and ensuring that the safety
provisions are incorporated and implemented.
4. The H+S Coordinator shall inspect the Contractor and his Subcontractors' work each week and
shall issue a weekly report to the Engineer accordingly. The Engineer shall address issues raised
within the report with the Contractor and then the Contractor shall take appropriate remedial
actions.
5. The H+S Coordinator shall be proficient in spoken and written English.
E. Project Health and Safety (H+S) Policy
1. Effective H+S management is an integral part of the Project objectives.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 013523 / 1 Employer Safety Requirements
10/09/2014
2. The Contractor must be committed to the active promotion and implementation of the highest
standards pertaining to H+S, Welfare and the Environment. This commitment must ensure the
Contractor fully complies with the requirements of Kingdom of Saudi Arabia Statutory Authority
legislation.
3. The successful implementation of a safety policy is dependent on an effective Project
organization and the compliance of all Subcontractors and suppliers. Consequently, the
Contractor shall make himself and his Subcontractors and suppliers fully aware of relevant
statutory legislation with respect to safety and environmental issues and associated obligations
as these obligations shall be rigorously imposed by the Engineer for the duration of the Contract.
F. Legislation Requirements
1. The H+S Policy to be adopted on Site by the Contractor shall be fully compliant with the Kingdom
of Saudi Arabia Statutory Authority regulations.
G. Project Specific Health and Safety (H+S) Plan
1. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a Project Specific H+S Plan in the following format
within 7 calendar days prior to commencement of Works in accordance with Riyadh Municipality
requirements. The H+S Plan shall detail the following provisions to be implemented during the
Contract period. Comply with the requirements of Section 013300 Submittal Procedures.
a) Organization:
1. Company H+S Policy statement.
2. Statement of Intent.
3. Statement of Commitment.
4. Date of Policy.
5. Director Responsible.
b) Arrangements:
1. Project scope of Work.
2. Worker Induction Training.
3. Control of Subcontractors.
4. Environmental Issues (dust, noise, pollution).
5. Distribution of information and communication.
6. Protective Equipment.
7. First Aid.
8. Fire Precautions and Fire Plan.
9. Emergency Procedures and Evacuation.
10. Accident Reporting and Audit.
11. Record Keeping.
12. Method Statements.
13. Risk Assessments.
14. COSHH (Control Of Substance Hazardous to Health) policy.
H. Residual Risks
1. The Contractor in compiling the H+S Manual shall be required to identify any residual risks
resulting from the design and construction of the building that are to be taken into account in the
proper operational management of the building.
I. Health and Safety (H+S) Team
1. The H+S Coordinator shall have direct responsibility for a team of assistants as deemed
sufficient by the Engineer and/ or Employer, who shall assist the H+S Coordinator in maintaining
H+S standards on Site. The Contractor shall ensure suitable coverage during night shifts.
2. The safety team shall be identified though different colored protective gear, including hard hats
(Red color), overalls (Red color) and hi-visibility vests (Orange color), or as suggested by the
Contractor and accepted by the Engineer.
J. Site Access
1. The Contractor shall not use any wood and/ or timber ladders, staircases or scaffolding on Site.
K. First Aid Provisions
1. The Contractor shall provide a suitably staffed and equipped First Aid Room adjacent to the
permanent Work and employ qualified full time nurses to be on duty during all day and night
Work.
2. Every Contractor and Subcontractor Office shall be provided with a First Aid Box.
L. Subcontractor Responsibilities

10/09/2014
1. The Contractor's H+S duties shall include the policing of the safe working practices of the
Subcontractors employed on Site.
2. All unsafe practices employed by the Subcontractors shall be curtailed by the Contractor and
reported to the Engineer.
3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe working of all Subcontractors.
4. All Subcontractors shall adopt the Contractor's Project Specific H+S Plan and shall provide a
dedicated H+S officer for the project.
1.3 HEALTH AND SAFETY (H+S) FILE
A. Refer to Section 017800 Closeout Submittals for details and submission of the H+S File.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor and Subcontractors are to supply all workmen with the following protective clothing
and/ or equipment.
1. Safety hard hats.
2. Safety footwear, with steel insole and toe caps.
3. High visibility vests: Provide yellow color vests for all staff unless noted otherwise, and orange
color vests for H+S staff as indicated in this Section.
4. Safety glasses provide clear or dark lenses depending on activity.
5. Gloves provide as required by task.
6. Colored overalls, coveralls or boiler suits indicating the company name.
B. The overalls shall be color coded according to the relevant discipline of the workers and the
Contractor shall note these within his H+S plan.
1. Unless otherwise indicated by the Contractor, red shall be reserved for all the Contractor's H+S
staff as indicated in this Section.
C. This condition shall be mandatory for entry onto Site.
D. The Contractor shall provide suitable and adequate protective clothing for the use of visiting
representatives of the Employer and the Engineer and their representatives in multiple sizes as
appropriate. Protective clothing shall be replaced and/ or renewed on an annual basis as agreed with
the Employer and the Engineer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 RISKS TO HEALTH AND SAFETY (H+S) ON SITE
A. The Contractor shall be responsible to maintain the permanent fence around the Site for the whole
duration of the Work, including undertaking any necessary alteration, addition or adaptation to reflect
his proposed method of working on Site. The fence and any gates and/ or access points should be
arranged to prevent access to Site after working hours. The Contractor shall control access to the Site
during working hours through designated access points.
B. At Final Completion the fence should be removed and disposed of by the Contractor.
3.2 H+S MEETINGS, AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS
A. The Contractor shall be required to arrange the following meetings at regular intervals during the Work
on Site for the duration of the Contract.
1. Weekly: Tool Box Talks with operatives in their native language.
2. Weekly: Health and Safety (H+S) Inspections.
3. Weekly: Health and Safety (H+S) Meetings.
4. Monthly: Health and Safety (H+S) Plan Audit.
5. Once a year: Safety Policy Review.
B. All of the above Meetings and Inspections shall be documented by the Contractor and issued to the
Engineer. Refer to Section 013119 Project Meetings for additional requirements.
C. A schedule of the Meeting, Audits and Inspections shall be issued to the Engineer within 28 calendar
days of the Contract Award.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of Tool Box Talks to the directly employed
members of his staff and the Subcontractor's workforce.
3.3 ACCIDENT, INCIDENT AND NEAR MISS REPORTING
A. All accidents, incidents and near misses which occur on or about the Site or in connection with the
execution of the Work shall be reported to the Engineer as soon as possible and, in any event within
24 hours after the occurrence. The Contractor shall submit a formal report to the Engineer following
the occurrence of an accident detailing the following information. Comply with the submittal
requirements for reports within Section 013226 Construction Progress Reporting.
1. Accident Report:

10/09/2014
a) Date of accident.
b) Location of accident.
c) Name, address, nationality of injured party.
d) Nature of injuries sustained.
e) Treatment rendered including hospital report.
f) Accident investigation.
g) Record Photographs.
h) Remedial measures to be implemented.
i) Delay to the Construction Schedule.
j) Lost working hours.
k) Accident rating.
l) Insurance claim details.
B. Incidents and near misses should be reported using the above format for accidents where applicable.
C. Closeout Report
1. Date injured operative returned to work.
2. Other details.
3. Remedial measures accepted by the Engineer and signed off.
D. The Contractor shall issue the complete Closeout Report to the Engineer, via the project collaboration
website, within 3 calendar days or when all the injured operatives return to work.
E. The Contractor shall provide a board, which displays accident, incident and near miss statistics, to the
specific requirements stipulated by the Employer and in a location agreed with the Engineer.
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 013543 ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS: NOT USED 1
3.1 HAZARDOUS AND DELETERIOUS MATERIAL DISCOVERY 1

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 013543 Environmental Procedures
10/09/2014
SECTION 013543 ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. The procedural requirements for hazardous or deleterious products or materials specified or
encountered on Site including but not limited to the following:
a) Hazardous and deleterious material discovery.
C. Related Work Sections and documentation
2. Individual Work Sections of the Specification for specific requirements restricting the use of
hazardous or deleterious products or materials.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS: NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 HAZARDOUS AND DELETERIOUS MATERIAL DISCOVERY
A. Notify the Engineer if any of the products or materials specified in the Specification, or encountered on
the Site, contain or are suspected of containing hazardous or deleterious materials.
B. On notification, a qualified independent consultant shall be retained by the Employer to determine
whether such materials may be used in the Work.
C. Hazardous and deleterious materials include, but are not necessarily limited to, the Deleterious and
Hazardous Materials list specified in Section 016000 Product Requirements and the list within the
Contract Conditions.
End of Section

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 013543 / 1 Environmental Procedures
10/09/2014
SECTION 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 SUBMITTALS 2
1.3 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY PLAN 3
1.4 QUALITY PLAN AUDITING 5
1.6 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, GENERAL 6
3.1 INSTALLATION 7

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 014000 Quality Requirements
10/09/2014
SECTION 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. The administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control,
including but not limited to the following.
a) Submittal requirements.
b) Contractor's Quality Plan.
c) Quality Plan Auditing.
d) Quality Control Methods including Quality Control Manual document.
e) Quality Assurance including qualifications, mock-ups, prototypes and quality benchmark
installations.
f) Tests and inspections.
g) Installation including control of installation, tolerances, deflection allowances, Manufacturer's
Site services and defect assessment.
4. Section 014100 Regulatory Requirements.
7. Individual Work Sections of the Specification for specific quality assurance and test and
inspection requirements.
D. Definitions
1. Quality Assurance (QA) Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and
during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that
proposed construction shall comply with requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. Quality Control (QC) Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and
after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and
completed construction comply with requirements of the Contract Documents.
3. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products
and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified
criteria indicated in the Contract Documents.
4. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by either a Nationally Recognized
Testing Laboratory (NRTL) associated with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) of the United States Department of Labor, or by a National Voluntary Laboratory
Accreditation Program (NVLAP) associated with the National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST) of the United States Department of Commerce, or a testing agency qualified
to conduct product testing and that is acceptable to Kingdom of Saudi Arabia Statutory
Authorities, having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified
requirements.
5. Source Quality Control (QC) Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source,
including but not limited to the plant, mill, factory, or shop
6. Field Quality Control (QC) Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-Site for the
installation of the Work and for completed Work.
7. Qualified Testing Agency: Refer to Section 014200 References.
8. Installer: Refer to Section 014200 References.
9. Experienced: Refer to Section 014200 References.
10. Hold Point: A point on the inspection and test program beyond which the process may not
continue until it has been accepted by the Engineer.
11. Witness Point: A point on the inspection and test program where the Contractor shall give
reasonable notice that a particular part of the process has been reached although the process
may continue without acceptance by the Engineer.
E. References and Standards
1. Refer to Section 014100 Regulatory Requirements where applicable.
2. Refer to Section 014200 References for industry reference standard requirements.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 014000 / 1 Quality Requirements
10/09/2014
3. Should specific reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from
the Engineer before proceeding, using the RFI procedure. Refer to Section 013113 Project
Coordination where applicable.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit documents in acceptable form. Comply with the requirements of Section 013300 Submittal
Procedures and submit the following.
B. Qualified Testing Agency Qualifications: Ensure the agency performs work in accordance with ASTM
E329 Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, Special Inspection, or
Testing Materials Used in Construction, ASTM C1077-14 Standard Practice for Agencies Testing
Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Testing Agency
Evaluation, ASTM D3666-13 Standard Specification for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Testing
and Inspecting Road and Paving Materials, and ASTM E2833-12 Standard Practice for Certification
Bodies that Certify Personnel Engaged in Inspection and Testing of Construction Activities and
Materials Used in Construction, Including Special Inspection, and submit the following.
1. Prior to start of Work, submit the agency name, address and telephone number, and the names
of full time registered Engineers and responsible officers.
2. Submit a report copy of the laboratory facilities inspection made by NIST Construction Materials
Reference Laboratory covering the most recent inspection, with memorandum of remedies of any
deficiencies reported by the inspection.
3. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates the capabilities and experience
of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses noting the
contact information of the Engineer, Employer and Owner for listed projects and other information
specified within the individual Work Sections of the Specification.
C. Design Data: Submit for portions of the Work where design aspects are assigned to the Contractor,
and indicated as Delegated Design in the individual Work Sections of the Specification, design data
documentation for the Engineer's knowledge, and used for the limited purpose of assessing
conformance with information given and the Design Intent expressed in the Contract Documents, or
as requested for the Engineer's information as a submittal item.
D. Quality Control Manual: Submit a Quality Control Manual document within 28 calendar days of the
written order to commence the Work. Include a Quality Plan containing an itemized program
describing the procedures that shall be followed for each individual Work Section of the Specification.
1. Submit hard copies in quantities confirmed by the Employer and the Engineer during the
Construction Phase, to include the following:
a) Specification Section number together with Section title.
b) Description of tests.
c) Applicable standards.
d) Test and inspection methods.
e) Number of tests and inspections required.
f) Time schedule.
g) Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections.
h) Requirements for obtaining samples.
E. Quality Control Tolerance Proposal: Submit a quality control tolerance proposal document to cover
aspects of tolerance compliance for the Work, include at the same time with the Quality Control
Manual document submission.
F. Site and Laboratory Testing and Inspection Reports: Submit technical reports indicating results of
quality assurance and quality control tests and inspections required by the individual Work Sections of
the Specification that occur both on-Site and in the laboratory location. Clearly state compliance or
non compliance of systems and materials tested with the specified requirements.
1. Include the following within the reports:
a) Date issued.
b) Project title and number.
c) Name of Site inspector.
d) Identification of Qualified Testing Agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.
e) Identification of witnesses to testing or inspection activity.
f) Date and time of sampling or inspection.
g) Date and time test was conducted.
h) Description of the work tested or inspected.
i) Identification of product and Specification Section.
j) Location in the Work, described in text or illustrated as a diagram.
k) Type of test and inspection.
l) Date of test and inspection.

10/09/2014
m) Results of test and inspection.

n) Date of test or inspection results were transmitted to the Engineer.
o) Statements explaining the test or inspection result and how it conforms to the Contract
Documents, as applicable.
p) When requested by the Engineer, provide interpretation of results.
2. Test report submittals are for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information
given and the Design Intent expressed in the Contract Documents, or for the Engineer's
information as a submittal item.
G. Certificates: When specified in individual Work Sections of the Specification, submit certification by the
manufacturer and Contractor or the installation/ application Subcontractor to the Engineer, in
quantities specified for product data within Section 013300 Submittal Procedures.
1. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting
reference data, affidavits and certifications as appropriate.
2. Certificates may be recent or previously tested results performed for other projects on material or
product, but they shall be subject to the Engineer's acceptance.
H. Manufacturer's Instructions: When specified in individual Work Sections of the Specification, submit
printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, for
the Engineer's information. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special
attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation.
I. Manufacturer's Site Reports: Submit reports for the Engineer's information as a submittal item.
1. Submit report within 28 calendar days of the observation to the Engineer for information.
2. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given
and the Design Intent expressed in the Contract Documents.
J. Installation Drawings: When specified in individual Work Sections of the Specification, submit
installation drawings for Engineer's review and information.
1. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given
and the Design Intent expressed in the Contract Documents.
2. Data indicating inappropriate or unacceptable Work may be subject to action by the Engineer or
Employer.
K. Contractor's Method Statements: Identify proposed solutions and processes for workmanship,
fabrication, fastening, securing, storing and handling, setting out, Site assembly and protection.
1. Prepare detailed method statements as specified within the individual Work Sections of the
Specification, describing the sequence and methods to be employed in performing work.
1.3 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY PLAN
A. Establish, document, operate and maintain a Quality Plan including quality assurance and a quality
control system capable of verifying to the acceptance of the Engineer, that the Work shall be
performed safely and that materials and workmanship, whatever their sources, comply with the
specified requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. Undertake necessary steps to confirm to the Engineer that the Contractor's responsibilities for the
Quality Plan are being discharged.
C. Should the Contractor or his Subcontractors be certified to the ISO 9000 family of standards then the
Work shall be monitored accordingly.
1. If the Contractor's quality system is not independently certified, or otherwise acceptable to the
Engineer, appoint and pay for an independent Qualified Testing Agency to prepare a quality plan
and perform audits. The quality plan shall detail tests and inspections required by the Kingdom of
Saudi Arabia Statutory Authorities, the Tender Drawings and Specification, and which are
necessary to ensure the required quality of work.
D. The Engineer reserves the right to appoint an agent to assess the proposed quality system and
monitor its implementation throughout the construction process.
E. Prepare a Quality Control Manual or similar document describing the quality assurance and quality
control system as described within this Section. Include in detail, the organization systems, inspection
and test plan procedures, ensuring that essential inspection requirements are determined and
satisfied throughout the Work program.
1. Maintain a copy of the Contractor's proposals for the Quality Control Manual document on Site
for examination by the Engineer. Include details of formal acceptance held for the Contractor's or
Subcontractor's quality system, evaluations or assessments by independent third parties.
F. Establish a quality control tolerance proposal to cover aspects of tolerance compliance for the Work.
Describe, in detail, the various types of quality control checks to be performed during each stage of
the Work. Include means and methods, details and qualifications of personnel, and methods of
checking and recording each type of tolerance and provisions for their future reference.
G. Include with the Quality Control Manual document an inspection and test program for each major item
of Work or type of fabrication. Provide details in the following order:
1. The principal activities to be carried out.

10/09/2014
2. The type, method and frequency of inspections and tests to be carried out.
3. The inspecting authority.
4. The acceptance criteria.
5. The records to be kept.
6. The inspection and test program shall contain sufficient space for the Engineer to indicate on it
the activities he wishes to inspect as Hold Points or Witness Points.
7. The inspection and test program shall provide the basis of inspection for the item of work and
shall be accepted prior to commencement of the Work by the Engineer.
H. Make available during the Contract period, the necessary resources and facilities, and implement
reviews and amendments to the Quality Control Manual document deemed necessary or desirable by
the Engineer.
I. The Quality Control Manual document shall include, as a minimum, information and procedures as
follows:
1. Organization and Management.
2. Facilities, Measuring and Test Equipment.
3. Personnel Training and Certification.
4. Documentation.
5. Receipts, Storage, Handling and Transportation.
6. Materials.
7. Welding.
8. Health and Safety (H+S) Plan.
9. Fabrication and Erection.
10. Tolerance Control.
11. Prototypes.
12. Painting and Coating.
13. Inspection and Testing of Materials and Workmanship.
14. Non-conforming Items.
15. Delegated Design Items.
16. Control of Purchased Materials and Services.
17. Inspection and Test Results for the completed item of the Work.
18. Records.
19. Review of the Quality Plan.
J. Quality Control Methods
1. Items specified under Quality Control Methods within the Quality Control Manual document shall
primarily be controlled and implemented by the Contractor according to his own devised methods
and procedures. Undertake the necessary steps to confirm to the Engineer that the quality
control methods are being monitored.
2. The appointment of Subcontractors, or performing of work at locations other than the
Contractor's nominated principal workplace, shall only occur with the acceptance of the Engineer.
Perform the Work under the equivalent conditions specified for the Contractor's Quality Plan at
the nominated principal workplace. Demonstrate to the acceptance of the Engineer that the
methods used to select, control, inspect and verify the Work, shall be in accordance with the
specified requirements of the Contract Documents.
3. Make available to the Engineer on request, copies of each purchase order for items or services
to be included in the Work. Include terms of quality, grade, type, applicable standards, inspection
and test documentation.
4. Documentation of materials and processes shall only be considered adequate when the
Engineer has reviewed and deemed them to be satisfactory in accordance with the specified
requirements of the Contract Documents.
5. Receipt and storage of incoming materials shall be suitably controlled such that, in the opinion of
the Engineer, the correct materials have been used and place of installation, as specified, can be
readily confirmed.
6. Identify and document materials, including parts and finished components, welding consumables
so that confirmation of their use, as specified, can be confirmed by the Engineer.
7. Monitor and ensure that the works are carried out as indicated and specified.
a) Infrastructure and landscape installations shall use processes, materials and testing
procedures that are confirmed by suitable tests, and enable the Engineer to confirm as
acceptable in accordance with the specified requirements of the Contract Documents, and
free from defects.

10/09/2014
b) Submit to the Engineer a detailed program of Work for inspecting significant stages of the
works.
8. Acceptance of product components or assemblies, prior to shipment shall not imply final
acceptance under the Contract.
K. Verify and re-calibrate facilities, measuring and test equipment against standards at intervals required
by equipment manufacturers. When the Engineer considers such items will not provide sufficiently
accurate or consistent readings or results, they shall not be used on the Work.
L. Personnel training and certification shall be subject to the acceptance of the Engineer.
1.4 QUALITY PLAN AUDITING
A. The organization and management of the Contractor's Quality Plan shall be confirmed to be
comprehensive and effective for the provision of the Work. Provide comprehensive details in the
Quality Control Manual document, acceptable to the Engineer, and as described in this Section.
B. The Engineer shall review the Contractor's proposals for the Quality Control Manual document and
ensure that:
1. The proposed methods of working are likely to produce acceptable work.
2. Finished items and assemblies shall be in accordance with the specified requirements.
C. Nominate a senior member of the Contractor's technical organization as Quality Manager who shall be
independent of other functions and be responsible for matters relating to the production and
implementation of the Quality Control Manual.
D. Make available to the Engineer during the Contract period, facilities for performing quality audits in
accordance with ISO 9000 family of standards, or other acceptable standards.
E. Maintain, at an accepted location, copies of relevant check certificates for inspections by the Engineer,
upon request.
F. Report deficiencies in the Work or in the Contractor's quality control system detected by the Engineer.
Affected items shall be considered as being of suspect quality and shall be physically quarantined in a
separate holding area. Do not perform work on these items until further instructed.
A. Qualifications of Workforce and Management: Perform the Work using a skilled workforce and
experienced managerial team, familiar with executing work of a similar scope and quality.
B. Qualified Testing and Inspection Agencies
1. As indicated in individual Work Sections of the Specification, engage the services of an
independent Qualified Testing Agency to perform specified testing.
2. Employment of the agency does not relieve the Contractor of his obligation to perform Work in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
3. Contractor Employed Agency, Provide the following:
a) Qualified Testing Agency: In accordance with requirements of ASTM E329, ASTM E543,
and ASTM C1077.
b) Qualified Inspection Agency: In accordance with requirements of ASTM D3740 and ASTM
E329.
c) Laboratory: Authorized to operate in Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
d) Laboratory Staff: Maintain a full time registered engineer on staff to review services.
e) Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals either by NIST or using an NIST
established Measurement Assurance Program, under a laboratory measurement quality
assurance program.
C. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those
indicated for this project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient
production capacity to produce required units.
D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing or assembling work similar in
material, design and extent to that indicated for this project, whose work has resulted in construction
with a record of successful in-service performance.
E. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this
project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production
capacity to produce required units.
F. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in
jurisdiction where the Site is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the
kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system,
assembly or products that are similar to those indicated for this project in material, design and extent.
G. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of the
manufacturer who is trained and accepted by the manufacturer to inspect installation of
manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design and extent to those indicated for this
project.

10/09/2014
H. Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to the Employer are the Contractor's responsibility.
Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality assurance and quality control services specified and those
required by Kingdom of Saudi Arabia Statutory Authorities/ Relevant Approving Authorities.
I. Perform quality assurance and quality control services required of the Contractor by Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia Statutory Authorities/ Relevant Approving Authorities, whether specified or not.
J. Manufacturer's Site Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report
results in writing as specified in Section 013300 Submittal Procedures.
K. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality assurance and
quality control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing
construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
L. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar Quality
Assurance and Quality Control services as required by the Contract Documents and indicated as the
inspection and test program within the Quality Control Manual document.
M. Mock-ups
1. Prior to commencement of fabrication or manufacture and/ or during the preparation of Shop
Drawings provide mock-ups for inspection by the Engineer as specified in the individual Work
Sections of the Specification. Do not commence manufacture or fabrication of materials or
products until written acceptance by the Engineer has been issued.
2. Construct in locations acceptable to the Engineer or as specified in the individual Work Sections
of the Specification.
3. Construct mock-ups to clarify visual intent including color, size, fit and coordination.
4. Prepare mock ups with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence, to not cause delays in
the Work. Submit Shop Drawings for mock-ups in accordance with 013300 Submittal
Procedures.
5. Construct mock-ups using final materials to be incorporated in the Work, unless otherwise
accepted by the Engineer. Adequately represent the designs indicated when other materials are
deemed acceptable.
6. Make adjustments to mock-ups as instructed and incorporate accepted changes into the Work.
7. Coordinate the erection of various mock-ups described within individual Work Sections of the
Specification to ensure the correct sequence of installation and interfacing between the various
parts of the Work.
8. Remove mock-ups at Taking-Over or when acceptable to the Engineer, unless otherwise
instructed.
N. Prototypes
1. Prior to fabrication or manufacture of elements of the Work, construct off Site, unless otherwise
instructed, full scale three-dimensional assemblies as specified in the individual Sections of the
Specification or as indicated on the Tender Drawings. Use final specified materials but not
necessarily final production techniques.
2. Where necessary, test the prototypes to ensure that the systems comply with the specified
requirements, by application of the maximum applied loads, climatic conditions and structural
movements. Use prototypes as a Quality Assurance and Quality Control "Hold Point", as
applicable.
3. Do not commence fabrication or manufacture of materials or products until acceptance from the
Engineer has been received.
4. Submit Shop Drawings for prototypes in accordance with Section 013300 Submittal Procedures.
Record required modifications to show final construction.
5. Program tests to enable necessary adjustments without delays to the Work.
O. Quality Benchmark Installations
1. On commencement of installation, erect elements of the Work as specified in the individual Work
Sections of the Specification, for examination by the Engineer.
2. Unless otherwise specified, the size and location of the benchmark installation shall be agreed
with the Engineer.
3. Do not commence Work until the Engineer has accepted the benchmark installation. Perform
alterations and adjustments required by the Engineer without delay, and to achieve the quality of
installation required.
4. Upon receipt of acceptance from the Engineer, fully protect the benchmark installation. Remove
and replace protection when requested by the Engineer to allow periodic verifications.
5. The benchmark installation will serve as a standard of quality of materials and workmanship for
the remainder of the Work, or where specifically specified, for testing.
1.6 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, GENERAL

10/09/2014
A. Furnish equipment and suitably qualified personnel to perform the tests and inspections required by
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia Statutory Authorities/ Relevant Approving Authority, the Tender Drawings and
the Specification. Give the Engineer timely notice of tests and inspections. Refer to Section 014529
Testing Laboratory Services where applicable for additional Contractor's responsibility requirements.
B. Where required, and when specified in individual Work Sections of the Specification, engage an
accredited independent Qualified Testing Agency, acceptable to the Engineer, to test or inspect items
for compliance with the specified requirements.
1. Qualified Testing Agency Duties:
a) Provide qualified personnel at Site. Cooperate with the Engineer and Contractor in
performance of services.
b) Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards.
c) Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents.
d) Promptly notify the Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance
of the Work or products.
e) Perform additional tests and inspections required by the Engineer.
f) Refer to the report requirements in Section 014529 Testing Laboratory Services and submit
reports of all tests and inspections specified in the individual Work Sections of the
Specification.
2. Limits on Testing and Inspection Agency Authority: Refer to Section 014529 Testing Laboratory
Services for authority limit requirements.
C. The Contractor shall allow for testing on samples, and materials incorporated in the Work.
D. The Contractor shall include and submit detailed proposals of tests that demonstrate compliance with
the specified and indicated requirements.
E. Provide as follows incidental labor and temporary facilities for the project testing, inspecting and
commissioning.
1. To provide access to Work that shall be tested and inspected.
2. To obtain and handle samples at the Site or at source of products to be tested and inspected.
3. To facilitate tests and inspections.
4. To provide storage and curing of test samples.
5. To provide protection of finishes of adjacent components.
F. Make available the following minimum provisions to the Engineer during the Contract period.
1. Suitably qualified personnel using appropriate validated equipment.
2. Necessary access and facilities for inspection and testing in fabrication shops and on Site.
3. Regularly calibrated equipment for the purposes of load measuring.
G. Maintain the following:
1. Tests and inspection results during manufacture, assembly and installation of components.
2. Certificates relating to the materials used in the Work, as confirmation of tests performed in
accordance with the applicable standards and codes as referenced within the individual Work
3. Records of inspections and tests performed to substantiate compliance with the specified
requirements, including those performed by Subcontractors and suppliers. Record content for
reports of tests and inspections shall be as specified within this Section.
H. When tests indicate defective materials or workmanship, immediately perform remedial work and re-
testing, including that of a special nature, as instructed by the Engineer.
I. Indicate in the Construction Schedule the times and dates of tests, procedural trials and trial
assemblies, allow and arrange for the Engineer to be in attendance. Refer to Section 011000
Summary, where applicable.
J. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Work does not comply with the specified or indicated
requirements or to the details indicated on the Shop Drawings, perform special tests, as instructed, to
establish compliance or non-compliance.
1. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed
by the same agency on instructions by the Engineer.
2. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be paid for by
the Contractor.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Control of Installation

10/09/2014
1. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, Site conditions and
workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.
2. Comply with manufacturer's instructions, including each step in sequence.
3. Should manufacturer's instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from
the Engineer before proceeding with the Work.
4. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent
tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise
workmanship.
5. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality as indicated
within the individual Work Sections of the Specification.
6. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings or as instructed by the
manufacturer.
7. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand
stresses, vibration, physical distortion and disfigurement.
B. Tolerances
1. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do
not permit tolerances to accumulate.
2. Comply with manufacturer's tolerances. Should manufacturer's tolerances conflict with Contract
Documents, request clarification from the Engineer before proceeding with the Work.
3. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, Work shall be installed plumb, level, square and straight.
4. Unless other acceptable tolerances are otherwise specified within an individual Work Section of
the Specification or are otherwise required for proper functioning of equipment as determined by
the manufacturer, or for functioning of Site services, and mechanical and electrical systems
provide the following.
a) "plumb and level" shall mean plumb or level within 1mm in 1m.
b) "square" shall mean not in excess of 10 seconds lesser or greater than 90°.
c) "straight" shall mean within 1mm under a 1m long straight edge.
5. Allowable tolerances shall not be cumulative.
C. Supplier's Site Services
1. When specified in individual Work Sections of the Specification, material or product suppliers or
manufacturers shall provide qualified staff personnel to observe Site conditions, conditions of
surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship and to initiate instructions when necessary.
2. Submit qualifications of the Supplier's Observer to the Engineer 28 calendar days in advance of
required observations.
a) The Observer shall be subject to acceptance of Engineer.
b) The Observer shall be subject to acceptance of Employer and the Employer's
Representative for Contractor's Delegated Design Work scope.
3. Report observations and Site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are
supplemental or contrary to manufacturer's written instructions to the Engineer.
D. Defect Assessment
1. Replace Work or portions of the Work not conforming to specified requirements to the
acceptance of the Engineer.
2. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the work, the Engineer
shall direct an appropriate remedy or suggest to the Employer to adjust payment given by the
Employer to the Contractor to compensate for defective work in accordance with Contract
Conditions.
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 014200 REFERENCES AND DEFINITIONS 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 DEFINITIONS 1
1.3 INDUSTRY REFERENCE STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 3

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 014200 References And Definitions
10/09/2014
SECTION 014200 REFERENCES AND DEFINITIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. General definitions.
2. Industry reference standard requirements.
2. Section 014100 Regulatory Requirements.
3. Individual Work Sections of the Specification for specific definitions applicable to the work of a
Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Interpretation of Documents Definitions: Unless the context otherwise requires, the following words
and phrases shall have the meanings given below.
1. The Work (with capitalized first letter): The whole of the Project described in the Contract
Documents and defined in the Contract as the 'Works'.
2. work (with lower case first letter) or works: The scope of work covered by a Section.
3. The Employer: The person or entity identified as the Employer in the Contract. The term relates
equally to the Employer's authorized representative.
4. The Contractor: The person or entity identified in the Contract to perform the Work. The term
relates equally to the Contractor's authorized representative.
5. Contractor's Proposals: Drawings, detailed technical specifications, method statements, risk
assessments, calculations and relevant information prepared by the Contractor and submitted
with the Tender response, maintaining the design and visual intent, functional characteristics,
performance criteria and technical requirements as specified in the Tender document package.
6. Specification: The document comprising Sections of Divisions 01 General Requirements to 33
Utilities inclusive as listed in the Table of Contents, prepared by the Engineer. The document
covers all discipline Work scope for the Site that is defined by the Engineer in the Tender
Drawings.
7. Design: The visual and performance intent represented by the Tender Drawings and the
Specification, prepared by the Engineer for Tender purposes. The Design shall be the criteria
used by the Engineer to examine the Contractor's Detailed Design and any other portions of
Work designated as Delegated Design.
8. Detailed Design: That prepared by the Contractor represented by the Shop Drawings and the
Contractor's specifications.
9. Delegated Design: Portions of the Work where the Contractor is responsible to complete design
aspects of the Work to the acceptance of the Engineer, this shall be in addition to the
responsibilities described under Prescriptive Work. The Contract Documents shall serve as the
guide for the design criteria and performance requirements to follow to achieve the anticipated
Design. After this design work is accomplished then the Contractor shall submit his Detailed
Design of the Work for Site execution. Refer to Section 011000 Summary for further information
regarding the Contractor's responsibilities defined under the descriptive method.
10. Prescriptive Work: Portions of the Work where the Contractor is responsible for compliance with
material and workmanship standards in accordance with the Contract Documents and the
execution and completion of the Work. Refer to Section 011000 Summary for further information
regarding the Contractor's responsibilities defined under the prescriptive method.
11. Tender Drawings: Drawings issued by the Engineer, representing the Design for Tender
purposes, showing the visual and design intent, scope, layout, principal dimensions,
arrangement of services and structure, technical, function, visual and aesthetic requirements.
12. Shop Drawings: Detailed drawings representing the scope of Work prepared by the Contractor,
or his Subcontractor after Contract Award, for examination by the Engineer, showing all plans,
elevations, sections and details, assembly, installation and fixings necessary to illustrate how the
Detailed Design as shown within the Contract Documents is maintained in the Work to be
executed by the Contractor, prior to fabrication or manufacture of work.
13. Builders Work Drawings: Detailed drawings representing the scope of Work prepared by the
Contractor or his Subcontractor after Contract Award, which detail all service utility and other
penetrations through the Work. The Builders Work Drawings shall comply with the Detailed
Design and shall be submitted for review by the Engineer prior to the commencement of
component fabrication of the Work.
14. Contractor's Supplemental Information: Documentation produced after Contract Award by the
Contractor or his Subcontractor, demonstrating that the Detailed Design is in full compliance with

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 014200 / 1 References And Definitions
10/09/2014
15. Design Evaluation: Design Reviews carried out by the Engineer and the Contractor between
Tender return and Contract award to agree materials, typical details and critical interfaces to
establish detailed performance specifications and drawings for contract purposes.
16. Inspection: Inspection of materials, components, assemblies, equipment and installation of work,
carried out by the Engineer. Such inspection shall be limited to an inspection of the visual
appearance and not to the selection of materials or the Detailed Design or construction of
components and equipment, which shall remain the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Such
inspections shall not relieve the Contractor from compliance with the Contract Documents.
17. 'Accepted', 'acceptance' or 'acceptable': Materials, components, assemblies, equipment and
installations accepted by the Engineer based on Inspections.
18. Performance Requirements: The minimum level of performance or basic functions the completed
Work shall achieve. Performance requirements shall not relieve the obligation that the
Contractor has under the Contract to provide work that is fit for its intended purpose.
19. 'As shown' or 'as indicated': As shown or indicated on the Tender Drawings, unless otherwise
specified. Other terms including 'as noted' or 'as scheduled' shall have the same meaning.
20. 'As specified', 'specified requirements': Signifies requirements of the Specification, the
Preliminaries of the Bill of Quantities, and the Contract Conditions.
21. 'Directed', 'required' 'selected', 'instructed' or 'requested': When preceded by the words 'as',
'when' or similar shall signify an action from or by the Engineer, unless otherwise specified.
22. Furnish: Supply and deliver to the Site ready for installation in an operable condition. This
includes the unloading, unpacking and assembly in addition to any other operations required for
installation.
23. 'Install': Place in the final position, complete, anchored, connected and in an operable condition.
24. Provide: Furnish and install complete and ready for operation and intended use.
25. Section (with capitalized first letter): A Work Section of the Specification.
26. Regulations: Includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by Statutory
Authorities, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that
control the performance of the Work.
27. Installer: An installer is the Contractor or an entity engaged by the Contractor either as an
employee or Subcontractor, to perform a particular construction activity of the Work including
installation, erection, application, or similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced
in the operations they are engaged to perform.
28. Experienced: When used with the term 'installer', shall signify that the persons installing the Work
shall have successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope
to this Project; being familiar with the special requirements indicated; and having complied with
requirements of the Statutory Authorities having jurisdiction. Individual Work Sections of the
Specification may increase the quantity requirement for successful projects from the minimum
level stated in this Section. In those cases, the higher quantity shall be enforced by the Engineer.
29. Trades: The use of a trade term, e.g. "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction
activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic
name, such as "carpenter". It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively
to tradespersons of the corresponding generic name.
30. Site: The space available to the Contractor for performing construction activities, either
exclusively or in conjunction with other parties performing other component work as part of the
Project for the Employer. This is the location where the permanent Work by the Contractor is
executed and where materials and equipment shall be delivered for the Work. The extent of the
Site is indicated on the Contract Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of
the land on which the Project is to be built.
31. Qualified Testing Agency or Qualified Testing and Inspection Agency: An independent entity,
acceptable to the Engineer and provided by the Contractor, unless otherwise specified in
individual Work Sections of the Specification, to perform specific inspections or test procedures,
at a specified location either on-Site or at a testing laboratory off-Site, and to report and interpret
results of specified inspections or test procedures, for the purpose of verifying compliance with
the specified requirementsof the Contract Documents. Qualified Testing Laboratory shall mean
the same as Qualified Testing Agency.
32. Quality Benchmark Installation: Full-size, complete assemblies installed as representative parts
of the Work to establish the standard of acceptance of for quality of materials and workmanship
for the remainder of the work by that installer, or where specifically specified, for testing
performed by the Qualified Testing Agency.
33. Mock-up: Full-size assembly erected on-Site to illustrate form and functional characteristics for
the Engineer's review and acceptance.
34. Prototype: Full-size assembly constructed for review of construction, testing or operation.
35. Contractor's Supplemental Information: Documentation produced after Contract Award, by the
Contractor, demonstrating that the Detailed Design complies with the Contract Documents.
36. Detailed Design Program: A program submitted by the Contractor, prior to Contract Award,
showing the Detailed Design drawing submission dates, sample submissions, mock-ups,
prototypes and testing activities, prior to manufacture.

10/09/2014
37. Pre-contract: Refers to the period of time prior to Contract Award, when the Contractor is within
the Tender negotiation phase.
38. Equipment: The apparatus, machinery and vehicles intended to form or that aid in forming part of
the permanent Work performed by the Contractor. The term 'plant' may also be used in the
Contract Documents and that term usage refers to this definition.
39. As-built Drawings: Drawings produced by the Contractor or his Subcontractor, where required in
the individual Work Sections of the Specification, which show the Work as finally erected.
40. Cross Reference Sheet (CRS): Document that contains the reference codes and accompanying
descriptions identifying the architectural systems, components and products indicated on the
Tender Drawings and described within the individual Work Sections of the Specification. This
document provides the link for the coding used within the Specification and on the Tender
Drawings.
1.3 INDUSTRY REFERENCE STANDARD REQUIREMENTS
A. Reference Standards: Comply with relevant national and industry reference as included within the
individual Work Sections of the Specification. Refer to Section 014100 Regulatory Requirements
where applicable.
1. Use American standards as specified. In their absence use one of the following where applicable
and to the acceptance of the Engineer:
a) BSI Group (BS) British Standards.
b) European Committee for Standardization, or Comité Européen de Normalisation (CEN),
technical EN Standards.
c) The German Institute of Standardization DIN Standards.
1. Or, in their absence, use the equivalent International Organization for Standardization
ISO Standards.
2. If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or
conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent
requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to the
Engineer for a decision before proceeding.
B. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Specification includes more stringent requirements, applicable
construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the
Specification to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Specification by
reference.
C. Publication Dates of Standards: The latest date of issue in force at the time of Tender and Contract
Award shall be used, unless otherwise specified. When standards are being revised prior to
completion of parts of the Work, the Contractor may, if acceptable to the Engineer, perform such work
in accordance with the revisions.
1. Where such standards, regulations and requirements are subsequently amended and affect the
Contractor's responsibilities during the course of the Work on Site, he shall immediately advise
the Engineer, make proposals and await instructions from the Engineer before proceeding.
D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction of the Work shall be familiar with industry
standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the
Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies
directly from publication source.
E. When compliance with the specified standards is not possible or when proposing to substitute
standards, notify the Engineer with the following items. Failure to provide notification prior to Contract
Award shall be deemed to be acceptance of the standards, and later notification shall be a nullity.
1. Submit a summary of deviations from the Specification.
2. Provide detailed reasons for being unable to comply with the specified referenced standards.
3. Include design and technical implications.
4. Any submitted foreign language documents shall be accompanied by a certified translation into
the English language.
F. Neither the contractual relationships, duties nor responsibilities of the parties in the Contract
Conditions nor those of the Engineer shall be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or
inference otherwise in any reference document.
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 014529 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 LABORATORY SELECTION AND PAYMENT FOR SERVICES 1
1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 2
1.5 QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY AND QUALIFIED TESTING LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES 2
1.6 LABORATORY REPORTS 2
1.7 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY 2
1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES 3
1.9 SCHEDULE OF TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 3

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 014529 Testing Laboratory Services
10/09/2014
SECTION 014529 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. Administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for testing laboratory operations
including but not limited to the following.
a) Laboratory selection and payment for services.
b) Contractor submittals.
c) Qualified Testing Laboratory responsibilities.
d) Laboratory reports.
e) Limits of testing laboratory authority.
f) Contractor responsibilities.
g) Schedule of Tests and Inspections.
1. Information Available to Tenderers: Soil investigation data.
2. Contract Conditions: Inspections, testing, and approvals required by the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Statutory Authorities/ Relevant Approving Authorities.
7. Refer to individual Work Sections of the Specification for tests and inspections required, and
standards for testing.
D. Definitions
1. QA: Quality Assurance. Refer to Section 014000 Quality Requirements for detailed definition for
QA Services.
2. QC: Quality Control. Refer to Section 014000 Quality Requirements for detailed definition for QC
Services.
1.2 LABORATORY SELECTION AND PAYMENT FOR SERVICES
A. Employment and payment for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform specified
inspecting and testing shall be at the Contractor's expense.
B. Employment of testing laboratory in no way relieves the Contractor of the obligation to perform Work
in accordance with the requirements of Contract Documents.
A. Comply with requirements of the individual Work Sections of the Specification and Section 014000
Quality Requirements.
B. All materials and work will be tested as required in the Specification and testing shall be carried out at
the Contractor's expense by an accepted Qualified Testing Agency or at an accepted Qualified Testing
Laboratory. Refer to Section 014200 References for the definition of Qualified Testing Agency.
C. The Contractor shall obtain prior acceptance from the Engineer regarding the tests to be conducted
on Site or at the laboratory.
D. Laboratory Staff: The Qualified Testing Agency shall maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff
to review services at the Contractor's cost as specified in the individual Work Sections of the
Specification.
E. Testing Equipment: The testing equipment shall be calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of
an accuracy traceable to either National Institute of Standards and Technology calibration standards
(NIST) or historic National Bureau of Standards (NBS) calibration standards or accepted values of
natural physical constants.
F. Agency: The Qualified Testing Agency shall be authorized to operate in Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
G. Quality Assurance Submittals
1. The Contractor shall submit Quality Control submittals, including design data certifications,
manufacturer's instructions, manufacturer's field reports, and other quality submittal as required
under individual Work Sections of the Specification.
2. Certifications: Where individual Work Sections of the Specification require certification that a
product, material or installation complies with specified requirements, submit a notarized
certification from the manufacturer certifying compliance with specified requirements.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 014529 / 1 Testing Laboratory Services
10/09/2014
a) Signature: Certification shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer or other individual

authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company.
3. Inspection and Test Reports: The requirements for submittal of Inspection and Test Reports from
independent testing agencies are specified in Section 014000 Quality Assurance.
1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
B. Prior to the start of the Work, submit testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number, and
names of full time registered Engineer for acceptance by the Engineer.
C. Prior to Final Completion or when the Contractor is beginning his demobilization of the Site, the
Contractor shall submit 5 No. copies of final test results as a Record Document Submittal to the
Engineer.
1.5 QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY AND QUALIFIED TESTING LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The Qualified Testing Agency shall cooperate with the Engineer and the Contractor in performance of
their duties. The Qualified Testing Agency shall provide qualified personnel to perform required tests
and inspections.
B. The Qualified Testing Agency shall determine the location from which test samples shall be taken and
in which in-situ tests are conducted.
C. The Qualified Testing Agency shall conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each
report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements of the Contract
Documents.
D. The Qualified Testing Agency shall submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test,
inspection, and similar QC service through the Contractor.
E. The Qualified Testing Agency shall attend progress meetings when requested by the Engineer or
Employer.
F. The Qualified Testing Laboratory shall test samples of mixes submitted by the Qualified Testing
Laboratory shall Contractor as required by the Specification.
G. The Qualified Testing Laboratory shall provide qualified personnel at Site and at any other location
where testing or inspection are to take place. Cooperate with the Engineer and the Contractor in
performance of services.
H. The Qualified Testing Laboratory shall perform specified inspecting, sampling, and testing of Products
in accordance with specified standards.
I. The Qualified Testing Laboratory shall ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements
of Contract Documents.
J. The Qualified Testing Laboratory shall promptly notify the Engineer and the Contractor of observed
irregularities or non-conformance of work Products.
K. The Qualified Testing Laboratory shall perform additional inspection and tests reasonably required by
the Engineer.
L. Refer to Section 014000 Quality Requirements for additional Qualified Testing Agency duties.
1.6 LABORATORY REPORTS
A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit via the project collaboration website in addition hard
copies in the quantity agreed with the Engineer, provide minimum 3 No. copies of the laboratory report
to the Engineer and an additional copy to the Contractor.
B. Include the following items in the report.
1. Date issued.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name of inspector.
4. Date and time of sampling or inspection.
5. Identification of product and the Work Sections of the Specification.
6. Location in the project.
7. Type of inspection or test.
8. Date of test.
9. Results of tests.
10. Conformance with Contract Documents with the Contract Drawing page number and
Specification Work Section reference included.
C. When requested by the Engineer provide interpretation of test results.
1.7 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY
A. The laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.
B. The laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.
C. The laboratory may not assume any duties of the Contractor.

10/09/2014
D. The laboratory has no authority to stop the Work.

1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The Contractor shall deliver to the laboratory at designated location, adequate samples of materials
proposed to be used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs.
B. The Contractor shall allow for all necessary labor, containers, wrappings and labeling in connection
with the samples for testing and for all transport charges.
C. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work.
D. Notify the Engineer and the laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring
inspecting and testing services.
E. Employ services of an independent Qualified Testing Laboratory and pay for additional samples and
tests required by Engineer beyond specified requirements.
F. Provide on Site laboratory facilities for the day-to-day testing of concrete, furnished with equipment for
the performance of the tests in accordance with the requirements of the standards specified in the
individual Work Sections of the Specification.
1.9 SCHEDULE OF TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. The Contractor shall submit a Schedule of Tests and Inspections as extracted from the individual Work
Sections of the Contractor to the Engineer for review and acceptance.
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 SUBMITTALS 1
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2
2.1 MATERIALS 2
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL 3
3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION 3
3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION 4
3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION 6
3.5 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL REQUIREMENTS 8

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 015000 Temporary Facilities And Controls
10/09/2014
SECTION 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. Requirements for temporary utilities.
2. Requirements for support facilities.
3. Requirements for security and protection facilities.
4. Requirements for moisture and mold control plan.
2. Section 017419 Construction Waste Management and Disposal.
3. Section 018626 Electrical Performance Requirements.
D. Definitions
1. ESCP: Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan.
2. EPA: Environmental Protection Agency.
3. NECA: National Electrical Contractors Association.
4. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
5. UL: Underwriters' Laboratories.
6. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials.
7. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association.
8. OD: Outside diameter.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction
personnel.
B. Erosion Control and Sedimentation Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA
Construction General Permit, or the regulations of the Relevant Statutory Approving Authority,
whichever is more stringent.
C. Contractor's Fire Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and the Fire
Department regulations of the Relevant Statutory Approving Authority, and the Employer's
requirements. Indicate the Contractor's personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention
program.
D. Contractor's Moisture Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and
construction from water absorption and damage.
1. Describe delivery, handling, and storage provisions for materials subject to water absorption or
water damage.
2. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water
intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work.
3. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as plastering, and describe plans for
dealing with water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction
has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials.
A. Electric Service: Comply with SBC 401: Electrical of Saudi Building Code, Saudi Arabian Standards
Organization: SASO Standards, Saudi Electricity Company: SEC, and Ministry of Water and
Electricity:MOWE.
B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for the Relevant Statutory Approving Authorities to test and inspect
each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible to provide all temporary provisions to execute the Work on
Site in accordance with the Contract Conditions.
1. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities on Site: As the project develops, the Contractor shall
engage the Installer of each newly installed permanent service to assume responsibility for
operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a
construction facility before the Employer's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned
responsibilities.
B. The provisions for the Contractor's temporary work on Site includes the following items.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 015000 / 1 Temporary Facilities And Controls
10/09/2014
1. Installation, maintenance, relocation whenever necessary by the progress of the work and or as
directed by the Engineer, operation by the Contractor of all temporary work, clearing away and
cleaning the Site on completion of the Contract, to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
2. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and operate an accepted system for refuse collection,
surface water drainage and sewage disposal for the duration of the Contract and for clearing
away, deodorizing, sterilizing and backfilling same as necessary upon completion to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
3. The Contractor shall provide adequate and proper provision for the storage and protection of
materials, plant and equipment to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
4. The Contractor shall include the provision of telephone and/ or wireless communication for his
use and that of his Subcontractors, which shall be separate from that provided for the Engineer.
5. All temporary facilities shall be constructed to the standards for similar permanent facilities.
6. The Contractor shall provide and maintain all temporary connections to utilities and services in
locations acceptable to the Engineer and the Relevant Statutory Approving Authorities for the
service established on Site. Make all installations in a manner subject to the acceptance of the
Relevant Statutory Approving Authorities, and the Engineer. The Contractor shall remove all
temporary installations and connections when no longer required and restore the services and
sources of supply to proper operating condition.
7. Maintenance and protection of traffic.
8. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the Relevant Statutory Approving Authority's
acceptance to construct all temporary work, including road closures and traffic diversions, and
maintenance and protection of traffic, in accordance with the security protocols required at Site.
C. Contractor's Site Office Requirements
1. The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for the provision and maintenance during the
operational life of the Contract of adequate air conditioned office accommodation and car sheds,
for the usage of the Contractor and his Subcontractors.
2. Adequate fire prevention measures shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and the
Employer.
3. Such offices shall be sited within the limit of Contract area and as accepted by the Engineer and
shall be cleared away on completion to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
4. Refer to the Employer's requirements for Site establishment with respect to Site Office standards
that are stipulated for use by the Employer and the Engineer.
5. The Contractor shall submit the temporary Site office layout plan and details to the Engineer for
review and acceptance.
6. The Contractor shall provide stand alone air filter devices for each occupied enclosed office.
Where open plan offices occur, the total number of air filter devices with the open plan area shall
be agreed with the Engineer.
D. Access Route to Site
1. The Contractor is deemed to have satisfied himself with respect to the suitability and availability
of access routes to the Site, and shall be entirely responsible for the provision of any road and
access signs and directions on such routes that may be considered necessary for the guidance
of his personnel, Subcontractors, suppliers and the like. The Contractor shall also obtain all the
necessary permission from the Relevant Statutory Approving Authority, and the relevant adjacent
Property Landowner, for use of such routes, or the provision of such signs and directions, outside
the Site boundary. The Employer shall not be responsible for any claims that may arise from any
adjacent Landowner or the Relevant Statutory Approving Authority.
2. The Employer shall not guarantee the suitability or availability of any particular access route and
shall not entertain any claim in respect of the non-suitability or non-availability for continuous use
during the Contract Period of any such route to deliver items to the Site.
3. The Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary means of access to the Site from the
nearest permanent roadway together with any necessary cross-overs and all necessary
temporary Site roads leading to or upon the Site and/ or working areas.
E. Traffic Regulation Requirements
1. The Contractor shall ascertain from the Employer and the Relevant Statutory Approving Authority
all necessary restrictions and regulations that exist for the smooth flow of traffic to and from the
Site, and shall bear all necessary costs for providing these measures. These measures include,
and are not limited to, all temporary diversions, traffic signals, signs and similar items. The
Contractor shall ensure that all vehicles abide by the restrictions and regulations established for
the Site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Chain-Link Fencing: Where applicable provide chain-link fencing as minimum 50mm, 3.8mm thick,
galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 1.8m high with galvanized-steel pipe posts;
minimum 60mm OD line posts and 73mm OD corner and pull posts, with either 42mm OD top rails or
with galvanized barbed-wire top strand.

10/09/2014
B. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Where applicable provide the portable version exactly the same as
indicated for chain-link fencing except with 42mm OD top and bottom rails. Provide either concrete or
galvanized-steel bases for supporting posts.
C. Wood Enclosure Fence: Where applicable provide, plywood, either 1.8m or 2.4m high, framed with 4
No. 50mm x 100mm rails, with preservative-treated wood posts spaced not more than 2.4m apart.
D. Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire-resistive sheet, 0.25mm minimum thickness, with flame-spread
rating of 15 or less per ASTM E84 and passing NFPA 701 Test Method 2.
E. Dust-Control Adhesive-Surface Walk-off Mats: Provide mats minimum 910mm x 1620mm.
F. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with
maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve the Work on Site adequately and result in minimum interference
with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by the progress of the Work.
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no
longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install temporary service on Site or connect to the existing service established by the
Contractor as the project progresses.
B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.
1. Upon taking possession of the Site the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for draining
rainwater, ground-water and water arising from construction processes, and shall provide and
maintain such temporary drainage installations as may be necessary during the period of
construction in a manner accepted by the Engineer and so as not to adversely affect permanent
work and adjacent areas and properties on the Site.
2. At completion of the Work on Site, or at such times as the Engineer may direct, remove all
temporary drainage installations to the Engineer's satisfaction, and as required by the Relevant
Statutory Approving Authorities.
C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for
construction.
1. The Contractor shall furnish all water required for the performance of the Contract.
2. All water shall be clean, clear, drinkable and free of deleterious substances.
3. No brackish water will be allowed to be used for construction of the Work.
4. Water outlets shall be conveniently located for Subcontractors about the Site at ground level.
5. All costs of providing temporary water shall be borne by the Contractor.
D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction
personnel. Comply with requirements of the Relevant Statutory Approving Authorities for type,
number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
1. Laborer Sanitary, Site Toilet Facility Requirements
a) Toilets must be kept clean and sanitary.
b) Labor, workmen or staff found to be using areas other than designated sanitary facilities
shall be discharged immediately.
c) Provide sufficient number of prefabricated structure buildings as Site toilets with all
necessary plumbing, electrical and ventilation connections required to make the system
operational. The location and relocation shall be to the acceptance of the Engineer.
d) Each of the Site toilet units shall comprise of the following, unless otherwise required by the
Employer.
1. Steel frame with double sandwich panel to walls and partitions, fully insulated
corrugated metal sheet roofing.
2. Floor mounted hand wash basins with faucet, plastic shelf and mirror. At least 1 No.
basin for each 15 No. persons.
3. Wall hung urinals with water stop valve. At least 1 No. urinal of the use of and per each
15 No. persons.
4. Water Closets with flush tank and flexible wash hose. At least 1 No. Water Closet for
the use of and per each 15 No. persons.
5. Electrical water heaters complete with safety valves.
6. Electrical connections for power and lighting.
7. Exhaust fans and ventilators.
8. Water supply connection from source provided by the Contractor.
9. Plumbing and drainage connections.

10/09/2014
10. Percolating (collection) pit of proper capacity.

11. Drainage manholes as required.
2. Provide an adequate supply of drinking water from accepted sources of acceptable quality,
satisfactorily cooled, for all employees and visitors on Site.
3. Where required, furnish drinking water in suitable containers and provide disposable cups for use
of all employees and visitors on Site.
4. Drinking water dispensers shall be conveniently located where the Work on Site is in progress.
E. Cooling Requirements: Provide temporary cooling required by construction activities for curing or
drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high
temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that shall not have a harmful effect on completed
installations or elements being installed.
F. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for
curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects
of high humidity. Select equipment that shall not have a harmful effect on completed installations or
elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required
and minimize energy consumption.
1. Provide dehumidification systems when required to reduce substrate moisture levels to level
required to allow installation or application of finishes.
G. Temporary Light and Power Requirements: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that
provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic
conditions. Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and
power characteristics required for construction operations.
1. The Contractor shall make all arrangements for temporary electrical service to the Site in order to
complete the Work and the Contractor shall pay all expenses and provide all equipment
necessary for temporary power and lighting.
2. The temporary electrical service shall be of adequate capacity for all construction tools and
equipment without overloading the temporary facilities and shall be made available for power,
lighting and construction operations of all trades.
3. Provide power distribution as required throughout the Work for power tools of all kinds.
Termination of power distribution shall be at locations accepted by the Engineer. Termination
shall be provided complete with circuit breakers, disconnect switches and other electrical devices
as required to protect the power supply system.
4. Temporary Site electrical network including power and light system shall be furnished, installed
and maintained by the Contractor as required to satisfy the requirements of safety and security.
Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without
operating entire system.
5. Temporary electrical work shall be according to Section 018626 Electrical Performance
Requirements and MEP Specification, Division 26 Electrical Work Sections. Temporary electrical
distribution system design shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer for acceptance
with all electrical data of used equipment including but not limited to cranes, lifts, fire pumps,
welding machines, workshop units, domestic power and light, and similar items.
6. Install electric power service overhead or underground unless otherwise indicated.
7. Temporary lighting system shall be adequate day and night for illumination in all areas of the
building. Where work is being performed at night, increase the illumination level. The Contractor
shall provide adequate outdoor lighting to illuminate staging, stockpiles, trenches, projections and
similar areas, to the satisfaction of the Engineer and general illumination throughout the Site,
adequate for watchmen and emergency personnel.
8. Install lighting for project identification signs and other temporary Site signage.
9. Temporary equipment and wiring for power and lighting shall be in accordance with the
applicable provisions of the governing codes indicated in the Specification. Temporary wiring
shall be maintained in a safe manner and utilized so as not to constitute a hazard to persons or
property.
10. At the completion of the Work remove all temporary electrical equipment and wiring and all
lighting provisions.
H. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all
construction personnel. Install at least 1 No. telephone line for each Site office with the final quantity to
be agreed between the Employer, the Engineer and the Contractor.
1. Provide provisions for telecommunication video conferencing between the Site and remote office
locations located in different countries with adequate capacity for a functioning system.
I. Electronic Communication Service: Provide all internet capabilities to support Work on Site and to
satisfy the requirements of the Specification. Confirm with the Employer and the Engineer the specific
system requirements and capabilities.
3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with the following requirements.
1. Provide construction for temporary Site offices, shops, and sheds located within construction
area or within 9m of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E136. Comply with
NFPA 241.
10/09/2014
2. Maintain support facilities until the Contractor schedules Taking-Over inspection by the Engineer.
Remove before Taking-Over. Personnel remaining after Taking-Over shall be permitted to use
permanent facilities under conditions acceptable to the Employer.
B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas
adequate for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved areas as required.
1. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and non-tracking. Reapply treatment as
required to minimize dust.
2. The Contractor shall establish temporary roads, utilize them and maintain the same during his
Contract period, but the Contractor must coordinate, cooperate and share these roads as
necessary with the Employer, the Engineer and the Subcontractors on Site.
3. The means of access, cross-overs and temporary roads shall be maintained, altered, adapted,
etc., as may be found necessary during the course of the Contract and excavated and cleared
away upon completion, including forking over and leaving same to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.
4. Access to the Site for delivery of construction material or equipment shall be made at locations
acceptable to the Employer.
5. The Contractor must ensure that all access points remain clear for emergency vehicles, service
vehicles, and other contractors engaged by the Employer, and Relevant Statutory Approving
Authorities.
C. Temporary Use of Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and paved areas in
same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Construct and maintain temporary roads and
paved areas adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within
construction limits indicated, as necessary for construction operations.
1. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and paved
areas.
2. Prepare sub-grade and install sub-base and base for temporary roads and paved areas
according to Relevant Statutory Approving Authorities requirements.
3. Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material, regrading,
proofrolling, compacting, and testing.
4. Delay installation of final course of permanent hot-mix asphalt pavement until immediately before
Taking-Over. Repair hot-mix asphalt base-course pavement before installation of final course.
D. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of the Relevant Statutory Approving Authorities, and the
Employer.
1. Protect existing Site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities.
2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.
E. Parking: Provide temporary shaded parking areas for construction crew, and Employer personnel, in a
secured area.
1. Maintain traffic and all parking areas on Site in a sound condition free of excavation material,
construction equipment, products and mud.
F. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of the Relevant Statutory Approving
Authorities for dewatering requirements. Maintain the Site, excavations, and construction free of
water.
1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding the Site or adjoining
properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.
2. Remove sand and mud as required to minimize accumulations.
G. Project Signs: Provide project signs as indicated by the Employer. Unauthorized signs shall not be
permitted.
1. Identification Signs: Provide project identification signs as indicated on the Contract Drawings, or
as directed by the Engineer and the Employer.
2. Temporary Signs: Provide other temporary signs as indicated or as required by the Employer and
Relevant Statutory Approving Authorities, to inform the public and individuals seeking entrance to
the Site.
a) Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors within the Site.
3. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times.
H. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017419 Construction Waste
Management and Disposal. Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste
from construction operations. Refer to the progress cleaning requirements in Section 017413
Progress Cleaning.
I. Material Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials, and personnel where
applicable.
1. Provide temporary material hoists to the Engineer's acceptance, and as required, to facilitate
execution of the Work. Such hoists shall be erected and maintained in compliance with Relevant
Statutory Approving Authorities' regulations, and in accordance with ANSI/ ASSE A10.5 Safety
Requirements for Material Hoists. These hoists shall not be used for transporting personnel.

10/09/2014
2. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered 'tools and
equipment' and not temporary facilities.
J. Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where ladders are not
adequate.
K. Worker Accommodation Provisions: The Contractor shall provide worker accommodation units in
accordance with the Employer requirements.
L. Kitchen and Canteen Requirements
1. All kitchens and canteens shall be maintained to hygienic requirements of the Relevant Statutory
Approving Authorities.
2. Food and beverages served from all kitchens shall be prepared and provided in conformance
with the latest requirements of the Relevant Statutory Approving Authorities where applicable for
specific food and beverage requirements. All kitchens shall be open to inspections for hygiene
conducted by the concerned personnel of the Employer and the Relevant Statutory Approving
Authorities.
3. All staff who shall be employed to prepare food and beverages from the kitchens shall have been
medically certified before commencing duties.
4. The Relevant Statutory Approving Authorities supervising the health affairs in the Kingdom of
Saudi Arabia shall have the right to remedy the health requirements of the Contractor's
personnel, and the Contractor shall not be entitled to claim for any compensation pertaining to
any remedial work.
M. Temporary Storage and Temporary Plant Requirements
1. Submit to the Engineer for acceptance, Shop Drawings showing the proposed layout of
temporary storage and temporary plant on the Site and areas for use by specialty trades. Refer
to the Contract Conditions for the definition of the term 'plant'.
a) The Shop Drawings for each proposed change in layout of storage and plant must be re-
submitted to the Engineer as the project progresses.
2. Provide at the Site and maintain in good condition, suitable watertight storage required for
materials that may be damaged by storage in the open and provide adequate fire protection as
accepted by the Engineer and in accordance to the requirements of this Section.
3. On completion of the Work, or when directed by the Engineer, clear away all temporary storage
and temporary plant to the satisfaction of the Employer, and the Engineer.
3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction
as required in accordance with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway,
and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.
1. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water,
and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by
construction operations.
2. Comply with work restrictions specified in the Contract Conditions.
B. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion, discharge of
soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas, and to adjacent properties and
walkways, as stipulated by Relevant Statutory Approving Authorities.
1. Plan and execute construction by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, from
borrow and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation.
2. Minimize amount of bare soil exposed at one time.
3. Provide temporary measure such as berms, dikes and drains, to prevent waterflow.
4. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement to avoid erosive surface silts or clays.
5. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation; promptly apply
corrective measures.
6. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity
do not enter or cross tree protection or plant protection zones.
7. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion control and sedimentation control measures during
construction until permanent vegetation has been established.
8. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and sedimentation
from the Site during the course of the Work on Site.
9. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during
removal.
C. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of the Approving Authorities. Provide barriers in and
around excavations and sub-grade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from
heavy rains.
1. Rough grade Site and provide all necessary drainage to prevent standing water and to direct
surface drainage away from excavations, trenches and adjoining properties until permanent
drainage is accepted in accordance with the Contract Documents.

10/09/2014
2. Allow for removal of temporary drainage upon acceptance of the whole Work scope on Site.
3. Maintain excavations and trenches free of water. Provide and operate pumping equipment of a
capacity to control water flow.
4. Provide de-watering system to maintain excavations dry and free of water inflow on a 24 hour
basis.
5. Provide piping to handle pumping outflow to discharge in a manner to avoid erosion.
6. Remove equipment and installation when no longer needed.
D. Tree and Plant Protection for Site Establishing Planting Area: Install temporary fencing located as
indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction
operations. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.
E. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and
harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at
regular intervals so the Work on Site shall be free of pests and their residues at Taking-Over. Perform
control operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials.
1. Provide proper measures to control pests in occupied temporary storage areas and worker
accommodations.
F. Dust Control: Execute the Work on Site by methods to minimize raising dust from construction
operations. Provide positive means to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into atmosphere.
G. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and
completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide
temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.
1. Where cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures.
H. Temporary Covering Protection Requirements
1. The Contractor shall protect the finished surfaces including jambs and soffits of openings used
as passageways or through which materials are handled against possible damage resulting from
contact of work by other trades working on Site.
2. Tight wood sheeting shall be laid under all materials stored on finished surfaces. Planking shall
be laid before moving materials over finished areas. Wheel barrows used for such areas shall
have rubber-tired wheels.
3. Factory finished and Site finished surfaces shall be clean upon delivery to the Site. The
Contractor at his own expense shall refinish these items that are inadequately protected and
damaged.
4. Provide all necessary protection to executed work to the acceptance of the Engineer, including
but not limited to temporary coverings and protective measures stated in the individual Work
I. Temporary Partitions: Provide floor-to-ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt migration.
1. Where applicable construct insulated dustproof partitions with gypsum wallboard with joints taped
on occupied side, and fire-retardant-treated plywood on construction operations side.
2. Where applicable construct insulated dustproof partitions with 2 No. layers of 0.14mm
polyethylene sheet on each side. Cover floor with 2 No. layers of 0.14mm polyethylene sheet,
extending sheets 460mm up the sidewalls. Overlap and tape full length of joints. Cover floor with
fire-retardant-treated plywood.
a) Construct vestibule and airlock at each entrance through temporary partition with not less
than 1220mm between doors. Maintain water-dampened foot mats in vestibule.
3. Fire rated temporary partitions as required by the Relevant Statutory Approving Authorities shall
be constructed according to the rated assemblies.
4. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with gasketed dustproof doors and security locks
where openings are required.
5. Protect air-handling equipment.
6. Provide walk-off mats at each entrance through temporary partition.
J. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to
protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage
fire-prevention program.
1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas.
2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of
fire ignition according to requirements of the Relevant Statutory Approving Authorities.
3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and fire-protection program for personnel at the
Site. Review needs with the Employer and the Fire Department of the Relevant Statutory
Approving Authorities, and establish procedures that need to be followed. Instruct personnel in all
such methods and procedures. Post all necessary warnings and information with regard to fire
protection.

10/09/2014
4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign
stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose
size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.
5. Ensure that no fires are lit at Site and it's surroundings, and take all necessary precautions to
avoid outbreak of fire at Site, including all temporary works, Site offices, storage areas and other
places connected with the Work. Adequate care shall be taken with respect to the safe storage of
petroleum products, paints, explosives and other combustible, dangerous and hazardous goods.
Comply with the rules and regulations issued by the Relevant Statutory Approving Authorities,
and provide and maintain in working condition an efficient fire fighting system comprising facilities
and equipment, along with personnel trained in its use.
6. The temporary fire fighting system shall be fully operational as soon as construction starts.
Extend the system progressively as construction proceeds maintaining its operational status at
all times.
7. Schedule work so that risers for the permanent fire protection system are installed, tested and
made operable at the earliest possible date. Obtain early acceptance and delivery of permanent
fire pumps and jockey pump with temporary motor controller and install in permanent or
temporary location ready for use in the event of fire. Furnish sufficient properly sized fire hoses
with nozzles to provide adequate coverage of all floors and the Site.
8. The temporary fire fighting system shall not be removed until the permanent system is
operational, thereby ensuring that the building is always protected during construction. The
permanent system shall not be placed in operation without the prior acceptance in writing of the
Engineer.
9. Take adequate safety precautions during metal welding and torch cutting operations as follows
and as indicated in individual Work Sections of the Specification.
a) Welding or torch cutting operations shall be carried out only in well ventilated spaces having
little or no combustible materials in the vicinity, and preferably in an area designated and
used exclusively as a 'welding shop'.
b) Where welding or torch cutting operations are carried out poured-in-place, surrounding
areas shall be suitably protected by covering or screening off, and suitable portable fire
extinguishers shall be kept immediately available with an attendant standing by.
c) The number of gas cylinders and their storage shall be in accordance with the Relevant
Statutory Approving Authorities regulations, and the Employer's requirements.
10. Gasoline and other flammable liquids shall be stored in conformance with the Relevant Statutory
Approving Authorities regulations, and the Employer's requirements.
11. The Contractor shall make all arrangements for periodic inspection by the Relevant Statutory
Approving Authorities personnel and the Employer's Representative and cooperate with those
entities and promptly carry out their recommendations.
12. Ensure that adequate, and to the extent possible, unimpeded means of egress from all parts of
the Work, is available at all times in case of fire within the Site.
K. Noise Control Requirements
1. All motorized equipment on the Site including hauling trucks shall be equipped with sound control
devices at all times. The sound level measured at a distance of 5m from any piece of equipment
shall not exceed 60dB.
2. Electrical generators and other heavy equipment are to be housed in soundproof enclosures.
3. Workmen's voice communication shall be kept under control at all times.
4. Comply with Relevant Statutory Approving Authorities regulations and Employer's requirements.
L. Security Protocol Requirements
1. The Contractor shall protect all Work, products, materials, plant, temporary work, existing
premises, and construction operations, from theft, vandalism and unauthorized entry.
2. Comply with the Employer's requirements to safeguard all personnel at Site. The Contractor shall
initiate a Security Program and maintain this program until Employer's acceptance and taking
over of the Works.
3. Review with the Employer the procedures for the following topics:
a) Site enclosure fence, barricades, warning signs and warning lights for the Site.
b) Unless otherwise agreed with the Employer on the security protocol provisions established
at Site, the Contractor shall install temporary enclosures around partially completed areas of
construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft,
and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each working day.
c) Maintain a security detail on Site for general security purposes to monitor the construction
activities.
3.5 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
A. Contractor's Moisture Protection Plan: Avoid trapping water in finished work. The Contractor shall
document visible signs of mold that may appear during construction.
B. Exposed Construction Phase: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to
wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, the Contractor shall protect the Work as follows.

10/09/2014
1. Protect porous materials from water damage.

2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water.
3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete.
4. Remove standing water from decks.
5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed.
C. Partially Enclosed Construction Phase: After installation of weather barriers but before full enclosure
and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and
ambient mold spores, the Contractor shall protect the Work as follows.
1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with high organic
content, into partially enclosed building.
2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage.
3. Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic matter.
4. Discard or replace water-damaged material.
5. Do not install material that is wet.
6. Discard, replace, or clean stored or installed material that begins to grow mold.
7. Perform work in a sequence that allows any wet materials adequate time to dry before enclosing
the material in drywall or other interior finishes.
D. Controlled Construction Phase of Construction: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure
but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, the Contractor maintain the Work on Site
as follows.
1. The Contractor shall control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in
conditions.
2. Use permanent HVAC system to control humidity.
3. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative humidity, and exposure
to water limits.
a) Hygroscopic materials that may support mold growth, including wood and gypsum-based
products, that become wet during the course of construction and remain wet for 48 hours
are considered defective.
b) The Contractor shall measure moisture content of materials that have been exposed to
moisture during construction operations or after installation. Record readings beginning at
time of exposure and continuing daily for 48 hours. Identify materials containing moisture
levels higher than allowed. Report findings in writing to the Engineer.
c) The Contractor shall remove materials that cannot be completely restored to their
manufactured moisture level within 48 hours.
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 015133 TEMPORARY TELECOMMUNICATIONS 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1
1.3 SUBMITTAL 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 MATERIALS 1
2.2 EQUIPMENT 1
3.1 INSTALLATION 1
3.2 MAINTENANCE 1
3.3 REMOVAL 1

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 015133 Temporary Telecommunications
10/09/2014
SECTION 015133 TEMPORARY TELECOMMUNICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. The temporary telephone to the Engineer's Site Offices. The PREDEFINED_CONTRACTOR
shall also arrange for and provide separate temporary service for his own and his
Subcontractors' use. Work includes the following:
a) Temporary telephone services.
b) Maintenance.
c) Removal.
2. Section 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls.
3. Section 015213 Field Offices and Sheds.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Engineer's Offices Telephone Service
1. Provide direct lines for local calls including 1 No. with international facility, through exchange
capacity for extensions, all as directed by the Engineer. Provide telephone instruments of normal
type with intercom facility.
2. Each receiver shall have equal access to outside lines. Each internal receiver shall enable caller
to dial each other's receiver.
3. Provide within field offices and sheds as directed by the Engineer.
B. Running Costs
1. Pay costs of supply, installation, maintenance and removal of services.
2. Pay cost of annual telephone fees throughout the contract duration.
1.3 SUBMITTAL
A. Submit any relevant product data for acceptance by the Engineer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Must be new and adequate for the purpose subject to acceptance by the Engineer.
2.2 EQUIPMENT
A. Products locally used or specialty devices compatible with Saudi Telecom Company (STC).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install service at time of Site mobilization. Refer to Section 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls
where applicable.
B. Modify and extend service as work progresses.
3.2 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain system to provide uninterrupted service.
3.3 REMOVAL
A. Remove temporary system after obtaining the Engineer's acceptance.
End of Section

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 015133 / 1 Temporary Telecommunications
10/09/2014
SECTION 015213 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1
1.3 SUBMITTALS 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS MATERIALS 1
2.2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL 2
2.3 ENGINEER'S OFFICES 2
2.4 OFFICE EQUIPMENT 2
2.5 CONTRACTOR'S SITE OFFICE REQUIREMENTS 5
3.1 PREPARATION 5
3.2 INSTALLATION 5
3.3 MAINTENANCE AND CLEANING 5
3.4 REMOVAL 5

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 015213 Field Offices And Sheds
10/09/2014
SECTION 015213 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
supplementary provisions of the Contract Conditions, the Design Drawings and the Specification.
B. Section Includes
1. Adequate air conditioned and furnished office accommodation for the use of the Engineer within
the area indicated within the Contract Documents. Work includes the following:
a) Temporary Field Offices
b) Maintenance and Cleaning.
c) Removal.
2. Section 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls.
3. Section 015133 Temporary Telecommunications.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design, supply and erect in accordance with Statutory Authority requirements and the instructions of
the Engineer for the project field offices and sheds.
B. Obtain approvals from Statutory Authorities having jurisdiction, pay fees and provide guarantees as
required.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data: Prior to procurement, submit for acceptance, copies of the manufacturer's
specifications for all field offices and associated equipment, substantiating that the submitted products
comply with the requirements contained within this Section.
B. Shop Drawings: Prior to procurement, submit layout plans for all field offices to the Engineer for review
and acceptance.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS MATERIALS
A. Field offices shall be serviceable, new and adequate for the required purpose.
B. Buildings shall be constructed with floors raised above ground and securely fastened to foundations,
with steps and landings at entrance doors.
C. Construction: Structurally sound, secure, weather-tight enclosures for office and storage spaces.
Maintain during progress of the Work and until removal is authorized by the Engineer.
D. Temperature Transmission Resistance of Floors, Walls, and Ceilings: Compatible with occupancy and
storage requirements to the acceptance of the Engineer.
E. Exterior Materials: Weather-resistant, and heat insulated finished in one color acceptable to the
Engineer.
F. Interior Materials in Offices: Sheet type materials for walls and ceilings, heat and sound insulated pre-
finished or painted; resilient floors and bases. Provide false ceiling and recessed type light fittings in
all rooms.
G. Lighting for Offices: Provide fluorescent lighting to all rooms, 500 Lux at desk-top height, and exterior
lighting at entrance doors.
H. Fire Extinguishers: Provide the appropriate type fire extinguisher at each office area and each
storage area to the acceptance of Civil Defense.
I. Interior Materials in Storage Sheds: Provide as required to provide specified conditions for storage of
products.
J. Interior Flooring: Provide carpeting in all rooms including corridors.
K. Windows: Provide a minimum of size approx. 10% of floor area with operable sash and insect
screens. Locate according to accepted Shop Drawings to provide views of construction area
wherever practical. All windows shall be provided with venetian blinds.
L. Electrical Distribution Panel: Provide MCB and number of ways as required.
M. Provide a minimum of 4 No. 13A, 240 volt single convenience outlets, 1 No. on each wall of each
room.
N. Telephone: As specified in Section 015133 Temporary Telecommunications, provide 1 No. telephone
instrument per room.
O. Sanitary and Kitchen Facilities: Provide as specified.
P. Furniture and equipment: Provide new items as specified, including maintenance plan for the
equipment.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 015213 / 1 Field Offices And Sheds
10/09/2014
Q. Back-up Power: Provide generators including power supply for construction purposes.
2.2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL
A. Heating, Cooling and Ventilating for Offices: Cooling and Ventilating for Offices: Provide automatic
equipment to maintain comfortable ambient conditions to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
B. Storage Spaces: Provide ventilation within the storage spaces as needed to maintain products in
accordance with Contract Documents in addition to adequate lighting for the maintenance and
inspection of stored products. Exhaust fan with automatic shutter, 1 No. per W.C. (fitting) and kitchen.
C. Provide an exhaust fan with automatic shutter, 1 No. per Water Closet (WC) and kitchen.
2.3 ENGINEER'S OFFICES
A. A separate space for sole use of the Employer and Engineer with new lock and 2 No. keys to the main
entrance provided within 30 days of the Commencement Date. Provide 1 No. sign board, size to be a
minimum of 1m², with English and Arabic lettering, to indicate Engineer's offices.
B. Offices Requirements as follows:
1. 1 office for the Employer with attached toilet
2. 1 office for the Engineer with attached toilet
3. 2 offices, 2 Engineers every office
4. 1 meeting room, with capacity of 10 seats
5. 1 secretary room
6. 1 server room
7. 1 filing room, space as may be required
8. 1 room for 2 draftsmen
9. 1 kitchen
10. 1 toilet for the remaining staff
11. Appropriate Office furniture/ equipment to be provided for the above.
12. 1 conference room, with 25 seats.
C. Corridor: Notice Board: Fiberboard with wood framing. Overall size approximately 1200mm x 600mm.
D. Male toilet.
1. 1 No. western-style WC with flexible hose, 1 No. toilet roll holder, coat hooks, 1 No. wash basin
with hot and cold water supplies, 1 No. towel holder, 1 No. mirror 600mm x 500mm, 1 No. urinal.
E. Female toilet
1. 1 No. western-style WC with flexible hose, 1 No. toilet roll holder, coat hooks, 1 No. wash basin
with hot and cold water supplies, 1 No. towel holder, 1 No. mirror 600mm x 500mm.
F. Site Vehicles and Car Parks
1. Provide site vehicles for the use of personnel from the Employer and the Engineer.
2. Provide shaded car park with spaces as required.
2.4 OFFICE EQUIPMENT
A. Provide the following new office equipment items including assembly, delivery, installation,
maintenance and consumables at the office within 28 days of the Commencement Date. All items
shall become the property of the Contractor 2 months after Taking-Over except those marked with *.
1. Photocopier: Provide 2 No. heavy duty automatic fast speed photocopier Digital Copier machine
type and model to be approved by Engineer, Network Printing and Scanning unit or acceptable
equivalent, providing A4 and A3 size copying with document feeder, sorter, collator, stapler, large
capacity tray and menu reader.
2. For each office provide computers that are connected to printers, as specified by the Engineer.
3. For each office provide internet connection and scientific calculator.
4. Provide construction hard hats, as required in accordance with ANSI-289.1 1986 Class A.
5. Provide comprehensive first aid kits, safety shoes and safety jackets as necessary in accordance
with the Site Safety Plan.
6. Provide Color Printer as necessary HP LaserJet 2550N Color or acceptable equivalent.
7. Provide Digital Cameras, 14 Mega Pixels. As necessary and to the acceptable of the Engineer.
8. External: Sony or acceptable equivalent.
9. Provide DVD Writer with USB base, colored scanner and plotter for A0 size, all as directed by the
Engineer.
B. Software: Provide as necessary and to the acceptance of the Engineer, the latest version of the
following computer software items with original packing and serial numbers including delivery,
installation and maintenance within 28 days of the Commencement Date. All items shall become
the property of the Contractor 2 months after Taking-Over except those marked with *.

10/09/2014
1. ACONEX Document Management System for Construction of appropriate version, necessary

licenses, training, and handouts.
2. Additional Employer Access License for Windows 200x.
3. Norton Antivirus Corporate 10.0 User License + Media CD.
4. Window XP Arabic/ English (Bilingual) Edition.
5. MS Office Pro OEM Pack Arabic/ English (Bilingual) Edition.
6. AutoCAD Full Version SLM or latest version.
C. Consumables & Office Maintenance throughout Contract Period plus 2 Months, non returnable to the
Contractor.
1. Paper, diskettes for computers and optical jukebox toners, replacement of first aid kit items used,
all other consumables and full maintenance for photocopier, fax, computers and printers.
2. Stationery items for all members of the Employer, PMCM and supervision staff in accordance
with the Engineer's requirements, including but not limited to files, pens, pencils, markers, pads
and scales.
D. The technical specifications of pre-fabricated buildings offices.
1. The technical specifications as following:
a) BASE SKID
1. The steel base full chassis shall be constructed from IPE 140 AA MS I Beam, full
perimeter beams with central runner and cross members. Spacing of Transverse
members = 2440mm C/ C.
2. Lifting eyes are provided at intermediate points along the perimeter beams, MS Corner
angle 38x38mm shall be provided.
3. The I-Beams shall be brush cleaned, coated with one coat of red oxide primer and
painted with one (1) coat of alkyd based enamel paint from outside (Marina blue from
National paints or similar approved equivalent).
b) FLOOR
1. Cold rolled steel channel Joists: 100x50x1.5mrn, at 610mm centers inserted into the I-
Beam, bolted and making the floor assembly one integral frame.
2. Decking: one (1) Layer of 18mm thick cement fibreboard, fixed to the joist and steel
frame.
3. Floor finish: 2.5mm thick Linoleum flooring fixed to cement fibreboard floor. Brand:
Marmoleum from Forbo floor or similar approved equivalent. Provisional budget for the
supply of marmoleum floor shall be approx. SAR130/ m2 Red Miranti Skirting (5cm
high) with polished finish provided.
c) WALLS
1. External finishing; Textured emulsion paint off -white applied on 6mm thick cement
fiberboard.
2. Framing for building: GI stud framing 72mm x 34rnrn x 0.9mm at a acing of 400mm C/
C vertically &. 800mm C/ C horizontally.
3. Internal finishing in dry area shall be washable emulsion paint over 12.5mm thick
gypsum board. Joints shall be covered with PVC strips. Internal finishing with wet area:
9mm thick cement fiberboard finished with ceramic tiles. Supply rate for the ceramic
tiles shall be approx. 25SAR/ m2.
4. Wall insulation for office building: 72mm thick rock wool insulation 30Kg/ m3 density.
d) ROOF
1. Roof covering: Polyester powder coated 0.4mm thick Gl single skin profile sheets shall
be fixed on Gl hat purlins. Roof overhang, Facia, rainwater gutter and down pipes etc
are not included in our design.
2. Trusses: MS angle trusses sloping to two (2) sides as per our design, Spacing of
trusses = 1220mm c/ c.
e) CEILING
1. Ceiling (Dry Areas): 600 x 600M x 9mm gypsum tiles false ceiling with exposed grid Gl
suspension system. Ceiling (Wet Areas): 600 X 600mrn moisture resistant gypsum tiles
false ceiling with exposed grid Gl suspension system. Ceiling clear height shall be
2.25m.
2. Insulation: 50mm thick rock wool insulation 30Kg/ m3 density.
f) DOORS
1. External door for office building: Aluminum Glazed door using Powder coated
aluminum sections frame and 8mm thick clear glass (Single glazed).
2. Internal door: Semi solid core timber flush doors medium grade with red miranti
doorframe & 3.6mrn thick plywood: Korindo finished with two (2) coats polyurethane
base paint system.
10/09/2014
3. Door lock: "Kafli" brand or similar approved equivalent, Cylinder type locks and SS
finish metal handles for all doors and Indicator latch for toilet doors. Overhead door
closures shall be provided for external doors. Model No. NT121, Mfr, Briton or similar
approved equivalent. Panic latch shall be provided for the exit doors of office building.
g) WINDOWS
1. Powder coated aluminum frame (Non thermal break, Colour RAL 9002), horizontal
sliding (one fixed, one sliding)/ hinged window with insect screen and weather
stripping, 6mm thick clear glass (Single glazing), overall size 800mm x 1000mm.
25mm wide mini Venetian blinds shall be provided for all windows.
2. Exhaust window: Fixed window with white Powder coated aluminum framing and 6mm
thick obscure gloss.
h) ELECTRICAL
1. Electrical supply is single-phase 230V / or three phase 400V as per requirement.
2. Electrical Panel board shall be provided with ELCB incomer &. MCB outgoings. Brand:
MEM/ AB8 or similar approved equivalent. One (1) No. 600 Amp SMDB & ive (5) Nos.
final DBs shall be provided. MDB / LV Panel, capacitor bank, generator, ATS &.external
power cabling up to Internal SMDB.
3. Gl 20mm Conduits are concealed within the wall panels for wiring.
4. Light fixtures: 4x18W single parabolic fluorescent type fittings, Frater or similar
approved equivalent, 4x18W fluorescent type fittings with prismatic diffuser for wet
area, Frater or similar approved equivalent. 60W bulkhead w/ p (IP65) light fittings for
all external lighting. All fluorescent light fittings shall be with magnetic ballast.1
5. Switch / sockets, Tenby - UK, PVC insulated wires from Ducab / Tecab.
i) HVAC
1. Exhaust fans shall be provided for toilet areas. (KDK Â·Japan, 6"dia window type or
similar approved equivalent).
2. Window type and concealed roof type A/ C units shall be provided for the full office,
complete with all associated accessories and wires.
3. 32 Amp singleÂ· phase metallic Isolators with die cast aluminum body (IP 65) shall be
provided for split air conditioning units. Make: ABB Sweden or similar approved
equivalent.
j) PLUMBING
1. All Cold & Hot water supply lines are PE-RT (Multi layer composite Polyethylene pipe)
and sewage lines are HDPE (Hepworth or similar approved equivalent.) pipes.
2. Sanitary wares: Wash hand basins will be pedestal type (Anchor India or similar
approved equivalent). EWC with cistern & seat cover (Anchor India or similar approved
equivalent) Ablution hose and toilet paper holder provided.
3. Sanitary fittings: Mixers provided from Eurobath or similar approved equivalent. Model:
WB mixer: WAR 251S C/ P Short Spout. WB mixer: WAR 251S C/ P Short Spout.
Mirror, mirror shelf, soap tray, Towel rod, coat hook etc shall be provided. Arkitek range
or similar approved equivalent.
k) KITCHEN
1. SS sink, single bowl single drain. Sink Mixer from Eurobath Model No. WAR 251 C/ P
Long Spout or similar approved equivalent.
2. Kitchen cabinet under sink with 12mm plywood basic type finish shall be provided.
l) VOICE/ DATA POINT
1. PVC conduits & draw wires shall be provided for Voice / Data points for Office unit,
including Block wiring, Networking, sockets & junction boxes.
m) CANOPY
1. Canopies shall be provided with 6mm thick cement fibreboard and 2mm thick GRP
covering.
n) EMERGENCY / EXIT LIGHTS
1. Non- maintained type Emergency / Exit light shall be provided for buildings.
2. Brand: Orbik UK or or similar approved equivalent.
3. Emergency lights - as required.
4. Exit lights - as required.
5. Double Sided Exit Lights - as required.
o) FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
1. Addressable type, stand alone, Fire alarm system shall be provided for the office
building, Brand: Simplex USA or similar approved equivalent.
2. Addressable type, Fire alarm Control Panel with 2 Nos. 12V 7.2Ah batteries 1No.

10/09/2014
3. Photo Smoke detectors - as required.

4. Fire Extinguishers - 4.5 kg Powder extinguisher, 2.2 kg CO2 extinguisher and 25 kg
Foam trolley as per drawings and civil defence requirements.
5. Fire Blanket - As per drawings and civil defence requirements.
6. Pull Station - as required.
7. Alarm Bell - as required.
2.5 CONTRACTOR'S SITE OFFICE REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for the provision and maintenance during the
operational life of the Contract of adequate air conditioned office accommodation and car sheds, for
the usage of the Contractor and his Sub-Contractors.
B. Adequate fire prevention measures shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the
Employer.
C. Such offices shall be sited within the limit of Contract area and as accepted by the Engineer and shall
be cleared away on completion to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
D. Refer to the Employer requirements for Site establishment regarding Site Office standards.
E. The Contractor shall submit the temporary Site office layout plan and details to the Engineer for
review and acceptance.
F. The Contractor shall provide stand-alone air filter devices for each occupied enclosed office.
G. Where open plan offices occur, the total number of air filter devices with the open plan area shall be
agreed with the Engineer.
H. The area of the Site office shall be determined by the Contractor in accordance with his requirements.
I. The offices shall adhere to the specifications mentioned in aforesaid item (D), for the technical
specifications of pre-fabricated buildings offices.
J. The Contractor shall submit plans and drawings for their Site Offices to the Engineer for acceptance
before commencing the works.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Fill and grade the Site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from buildings.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install office spaces ready for occupancy within 28 days after Commencement Date.
3.3 MAINTENANCE AND CLEANING
A. Attendance: Provide power, water, and clean and maintain offices and sheds daily.
B. Janitorial services for the Engineer's offices and sanitary facilities along with cleaning and
maintenance for office and vehicles.
C. Maintain and clean offices including equipment and furnishings for construction period plus 2 months.
D. Maintain approach walks free of mud, water and accumulated sand.
E. Provide delivery service between Contractor's and Engineer's offices.
F. Provide full time office boy for the offices of the Employer, CMPM and Engineer. The said office boy
shall be employed by the Contractor for the full duration of the Construction Period and part of the
Defects Liability Period until all remedial Work and similar tasks are completed to the
Engineer's acceptance.
G. Provide all necessary consumables, including. tea, coffee, milk, sugar cleaning materials for the
offices, kitchen and toilets, including but not limited to toilet paper and hand towels, in connection with
kitchen, toilet rooms, the Employers, PMCM and Engineer's staff areas and for the use of the janitorial
services for the construction period plus 2 months.
H. Provide bottled mineral water for the complete Employer's and Engineer's office during construction
period plus 2 months.
3.4 REMOVAL
A. At completion of specified period in the Contract Conditions and subject to Employer's approval
remove furniture, buildings, foundations, utility services and debris. Restore areas to the acceptance
of the Engineer and the Employer.
B. As a minimum the offices shall be maintained until all Work including remedial work and necessary
additional work and for the time period testing and commissioning are completed, to acceptance of the
Engineer.
C. Obtain the Engineer's acceptance for discontinuing facilities and services, and to remove buildings,
from the site premises.
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 SUBMITTALS 1
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 2
1.5 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2
2.1 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR PRODUCTS 2
2.2 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES 2
2.3 QUALITY, GENERAL 2
2.4 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY AND ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 3
2.5 DELETERIOUS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 3
2.6 PREVENTATIVE TREATMENT AGAINST DETERIORATION 4
2.7 MANUFACTURERS' NAMES, NAMEPLATES AND RELATED SIGNS 4
2.8 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS AT THE TIME OF TENDER 4
2.9 VERMIN AND INSECT CONTROL 5
2.10 CUTTING 5

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 016000 Product Requirements
10/09/2014
SECTION 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. Submittals.
2. Quality Assurance.
3. Product delivery, storage and handling.
4. Warranties and guarantees.
5. Contractor's responsibility for products.
6. Product selection procedures.
7. Quality - general.
8. Product sustainability and environmental requirements.
9. Deleterious and hazardous materials.
10. Preventative treatment against deterioration.
11. Manufacturers' names, nameplates and related signs.
12. Product substitutions at time of tender.
13. Vermin and insect control.
14. Cutting.
1. Section 013543 Environmental Procedures.
4. Section 017329 Cutting and Patching.
6. Individual Work Sections of the Specification for specific requirements restricting the use of
hazardous or deleterious products or materials in the Work.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit documents for review and acceptance before procurement of products.
B. Submit documents in acceptable form.
C. Submit comprehensive shipping documents for sustainable sources of wood, including chain of
custody certificates from the concession or plantation to the local supplier's premises.
D. Submit documentation for wood and wood based products that do not comply or are not covered in
Saudi codes. These shall be designed in accordance with Forest Stewardship Council (FSC). Include
1. The species and country of origin.
2. The identity of the concession or plantation.
3. Details of the forestry policies pursued by the concession or plantation confirming that a
sustainable resource policy is followed.
E. Submit information on wood products proposed for use. Include
1. Country of Origin.
2. Trade Name.
3. Botanical Name.
4. Wood Product Volume Category A - From an FSC certified forest: (m³).
5. Wood Product Volume Category B - From a known certifiable forest: (m³).
6. Wood Product Volume Category R - Recycled material (m³).
7. Total Volume (m³) for each Category.
F. Submit methods, principles and details for Site cutting of components. Include as part of Contractor's
method statement.
G. Submit details of measures to protect materials up to the time of installation.
A. Compatibility: Ensure that materials and processes used in the Work are compatible with each other
and comply with the requirements of the relevant standards and codes of practice specified.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 016000 / 1 Product Requirements
10/09/2014
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Package and crate materials to protect from damage during transportation, unloading and storage at
the Site, and during movement to the point of installation or construction. Provide supplementary
protection as necessary.
B. Carefully pack finished components in pallets or crates with suitable separation and protection to
prevent scratching, scuffing or other surface damage.
C. Store framework elements and associated beads and strips suitably protected against distortion and
uneven weathering.
D. Label packaged and crated materials with detailed information and quantities on the outside so that
deliveries can be accepted at the Site without the necessity of breaking them open.
E. Store materials and associated components in clean dry areas, in accordance with the manufacturer's
written recommendations.
F. Do not store materials or components beyond the manufacturer's expiry date.
G. Refer to Section 017000 Execution and Closeout Requirements for the protection of materials prior,
during and after installation.
1.5 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES
A. Warranties specified in the individual Work Sections of the Specification shall be in addition to, and
run concurrent with warranties required by the Contract Documents.
B. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties and guaranties do not relieve the
Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.
C. Refer to individual Work Sections of the Specification for specific content requirements and particular
requirements for submitting special warranties.
D. For warranties specified in the individual Work Sections of the Specification, prepare a written
document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution.
E. Manufacturer's standard warranties or guarantees shall be properly executed and modified to include
information specific to the Work.
F. Submittal Time: Comply with the requirements of Section 017800 Closeout Submittals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR PRODUCTS
A. Be responsible for materials, components and equipment supplied or manufactured by Subcontractors
or suppliers, until the end of the warranty period as specified in the Contract Conditions and the
individual Work Sections of the Specification, as applicable.
2.2 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES
A. Select products that meet the specific requirements of the Specification and, if appropriate, match the
appearance of samples provided or accepted by the Engineer.
B. Where products have been named in the Specification, use for the purpose of establishing a level of
performance and quality, unless otherwise specified.
C. If the Contractor considers one of named products will meet his requirements he shall indicate his
preference by making a formal submittal in accordance with the specified procedures.
D. If the Contractor considers that the named products will not produce the desired result, are not
available within the required timescale, or wishes to propose an entirely different solution, he shall
make a formal submittal accompanied by an acceptable Substitution Request Form. The Engineer
reserves the right to reject a substitution if it does not meet either the appearance or performance of
the specified product.
2.3 QUALITY, GENERAL
A. Product Quality
1. Use only products and materials fit for the purpose intended by the manufacturer, and which
satisfy the specified requirements.
2. Products that do not carry a CE mark shall be either certified by the British Board of Agrément
(BBA), the Building Research Establishment (BRE) or comply with an appropriate National
Standard, unless otherwise accepted by the Engineer.
3. Materials shall be new, unless otherwise specified; selected from the highest merchantable
quality and; acceptable to the Engineer.
4. Insulation materials generally shall comply with the recommendations of the LPC Design Guide
for the Fire Protection of Buildings.
5. Manufacture foamed insulation using HFC- CFC- and HCFC-free processes having zero ODP
and a global warming potential of less than 5.
6. Do not use expanded polystyrene or polyurethane core sandwich panels unless the Contractor
complies with the recommendations of the LPC Design Guide for the Fire Protection of Buildings
2000 and latest amendments.
B. Replaceable Materials

10/09/2014
1. Maximize the use of replaceable materials and components.

2. Select materials that require simple maintenance and repair, and integration with other
maintenance systems.
2.4 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY AND ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Health Hazards
1. Do not use materials that will be hazardous to the health. Maintain a comprehensive knowledge
of current published research and legislation on the subject. The Contractor shall also accept the
exclusions contained in the Contract documents.
2. Refer to Section 013543 Environmental Procedures for hazardous material discovered during
construction.
B. Sustainable Sources of Wood
1. Use wood and wood based products for temporary and permanent work attained from
sustainable sources.
2. Tropical hardwoods in wood or wood based products including veneers, lippings and
manufactured boards, are not permitted.
3. Tropical hardwoods or wood based products from unsustainable or unknown origins are not
permitted.
4. Wood and wood based products shall carry the Forest Stewardship Council's (FSC) Trademark
or other label from an equivalent internationally recognized, globally applicable, independent
certification system for good forest management, acceptable to the Engineer.
5. When wood and wood based products cannot comply with the specified FSC or independent
certification system labeling, use products from a known well-managed forest. Submit details for
review and acceptance before procurement.
6. Provide information for wood products proposed for use for review and acceptance before
procurement. Include the following:
a) Country of Origin.
b) Trade Name.
c) Botanical Name.
d) Wood Product Volume Category A - From an FSC certified forest: (m³).
e) Wood Product Volume Category B - From a known certifiable forest: (m³).
f) Wood Product Volume Category R - Recycled material (m³).
g) Total Volume (m³) for each Category.
C. Environmental Protection Policy
1. Products and construction methods have been specified after due consideration of the effects
such choices will have on the health and welfare of the workforce, future occupiers, future
maintenance workers and the public at large.
2. When selecting materials, refer to the Building Research Establishment (BRE) publication
'Building Regulation, Health and Safety', the Construction Industry Research and Information
Association (CIRIA) Report 125 'A Guide to the Control of Substances Hazardous to Health in
Design and Construction' and the 'Good Practice in Selection of Building Materials' sponsored by
the British Council for Offices (BCO) and British Property Federation (BPF), and undertake to:
a) Do not use products containing chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) or products which have used
CFCs in their manufacture.
b) Avoid as far as possible the use of hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs) in equipment to be
incorporated into the Work.
c) Ensure that the gas used as the blowing agent of foam insulation has an Ozone Depleting
Potential (ODP) of zero (0) and a Global Warming Potential (GWP) of 1.
d) Purchase wood for construction or for the manufacture of wood based products from
sustainable managed sources acceptable to the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC), Pan
European Forest Certification Scheme (PEFC) or that bears the proposed International
Tropical Wood Organization (ITTO) Green labeling 'stamp of approval'.
e) Do not use wood or products manufactured from wood listed as threatened under
Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES)
(including in Appendices I, II or III) or the International Union for Conservation of Nature
(IUCN) Red List (including Critically Endangered (CR), Endangered (EN), Vulnerable (VU)
and Near Threatened (NT)).
2.5 DELETERIOUS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
A. Do not use the following listed materials in the Work unless it can be demonstrated, to the satisfaction
of the Engineer, that they are safe during manufacture, installation and use and that their suitability is
assured.

10/09/2014
B. When necessary to use the listed materials, prepare and submit detailed observations based upon the
guidelines contained within the document "Good Practice in the Selection of Construction Materials"
prepared by Ove Arup & Partners.
1. Asbestos or asbestos-containing products.
2. Lead, where the metal or its corrosive products may be directly ingested, inhaled or absorbed.
Applications of lead such as roofing, flashings, rainwater goods and copper alloy fittings
containing lead which are specifically required are acceptable, until equal or better alternatives
are available.
3. Lead based paints and primers.
4. Urea formaldehyde foam or materials which may release formaldehyde beyond International
Building Code and ASTM limits.
5. Pitch polymer damp-proof course (DPC).
6. Materials which generally comprise mineral fibers, either man-made or naturally occurring, which
have a diameter of 3 microns or less and a length of 200 microns or less, or which contain fibers
not sealed, encapsulated, or otherwise stabilized to ensure that fiber migration is prevented.
Products that may contain these fibers include insulation, fire protection and air filters. For
mineral wool insulation products, test evidence must be available and produced confirming that
the materials fulfil the requirements of European Directive 97/ 69/ EC and the Approved Supply
List of current HSE CHIP Regulations and consequently are not classified as a possible human
carcinogen.
7. Chlorofluorocarbons or hydrochlorofluorocarbons or any goods and/ or materials containing the
same (e.g. materials in which CFCs, HCFCs or HFAs have been used as blowing agents).
8. The use of a species of hardwood from the tropical rainforests is not permitted unless it is
obtained from sustainable resources.
9. High alumina cement in structural elements.
10. Wood wool slabs in permanent formwork to concrete or in structural elements.
11. Calcium chloride in admixtures for use in reinforced concrete.
12. Aggregates for use in reinforced concrete which do not comply with BS EN 12620 and
aggregates for use in concrete which do not comply with the provisions of BS EN 1992.
13. Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), polychlorinated terphenyls (PCTs) or any goods and/ or
materials containing the same.
14. Calcium silicate bricks or tiles.
15. Sea dredged aggregates that do not comply with the chloride limits specified in BS EN 206, BS
EN 12620, BS EN 1744: Part 1 and BS 8500.
16. Lindane - wood treatment/ insecticidal spray.
17. Pentachlorophenol (PCP) or wood treated with Pentachlorophenol - biocide/ wood preservative.
18. Chromated Copper Arsenate (CCA) wood preservative treatment.
19. Tributyltin (TBT).
2.6 PREVENTATIVE TREATMENT AGAINST DETERIORATION
A. Select and treat materials prevent damage from possible combinations of atmospheric deterioration,
corrosion, wet rot, dry rot, fungi, mold and deleterious effects including atmospheric pollution and pH
factors of adjacent elements.
B. Prevent chemical or electrolytic action between dissimilar metals and/ or materials where joined or
abutting each other.
C. Materials shall not discolor, crack or otherwise be damaged by the worst possible combination of
environmental conditions identified in the Specification.
D. Surface Treatments
1. Treatments shall be compatible with the surface of the material to which they are applied.
2. Remove superficial dust and friable materials and adequately protect surfaces to prevent
contamination by dust and other debris, during surface treatment and finish applications.
E. Manufactured materials shall not be liable to infestation attack by micro-organisms, fungi, insects or
other vermin, nor provide harbourage for same.
2.7 MANUFACTURERS' NAMES, NAMEPLATES AND RELATED SIGNS
A. Do not affix or imprint manufacturers' names or nameplates to materials, components or fabricated
work on prominent positions of finished work, except as follows.
1. Statutory Signs: Securely fix signs required by statute.
2.8 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS AT THE TIME OF TENDER
A. Should the Contractor, after consideration of the criteria which in his specialist knowledge is relevant
to the design and construction of the Work, wish to make proposals for changes in details, dimensions
or materials indicated in the Tender Drawings or referred to in the Specification, then such proposals
shall be provided as separate alternative options and returned with the Tender. Proposal shall comply
with the minimum performance requirements specified.
10/09/2014
B. A request for a substitution shall be deemed to be a warranty by the Contractor to the Employer that
such substitutions meet the requirements of the Specification and as such must be confirmed in
writing as equal by the Contractor and accepted in writing by the Engineer. Admissibility of requests
for substitutions after Tender shall be at the sole discretion of the Engineer and may be rejected
without reason given.
C. Where a substitution alters the specified requirements, submit sufficient information on substituted
materials to allow evaluation by the Engineer on deviations from the Specification.
2.9 VERMIN AND INSECT CONTROL
A. The Detailed Design and manufacture of materials and assemblies shall include protection against
and not contain or provide harbourage for infestation by vermin or insects.
B. Refer to Section 017000 Execution and Closeout Requirements, where applicable, for additional
requirements.
2.10 CUTTING
A. Do not commence manufacture of components until methods, principles and details for Site cutting
have been accepted by the Engineer.
B. Cut metal products straight and free from burrs. Make joints flush without gaps or imperfections.
Protect and finish base metal where exposed, to same level of protection as specified.
C. Lightly arris edges unless otherwise specified. Finish smooth, free from sharp surfaces, snags or
points.
D. Refer to Section 017329 Cutting and Patching for additional requirements.
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 017000 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT 1

REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 SUBMITTALS 1
1.3 DEFINITIONS 2
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS OF INSTALLERS AND OPERATIVES 2
1.5 EXAMINATION OF SITE CONDITIONS 3
1.6 CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 3
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS 3
1.8 GENERAL PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION 3
1.9 COORDINATION 4
1.10 CONTRACTOR'S PUNCH LIST REQUIREMENTS 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 4
2.1 PATCHING MATERIALS 4
3.1 EXAMINATION OF SITE CONDITIONS 4
3.2 EXAMINATION OF CONDITIONS OF PRECEDING WORK 5
3.3 COVERING UP PRECEDING WORK 5
3.4 PREPARATION 5
3.5 SETTING OUT 5
3.6 INSTALLATION 5
3.7 CUTTING AND PATCHING 6
3.8 CUTTING IN CONCRETE/ CMU CONSTRUCTION 6
3.9 CUTTING IN STEEL FRAME AND METAL DECK CONSTRUCTION 6
3.10 SYSTEM STARTUP 6
3.11 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING 6
3.12 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK 7
3.13 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 7
3.14 SCHEDULE FOR TAKING-OVER STAGE HANDOVER PORTIONS OF THE WORK 7
3.15 CONTRACTOR'S PREPARATORY STAGE PRIOR TO TAKING-OVER 7
3.16 TAKING-OVER PROCEDURES 8
3.17 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES 9
3.18 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 9
3.19 DEFECTIVE WORK REQUIREMENTS 9

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 017000 Execution And Closeout Requirements
10/09/2014
SECTION 017000 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. Submittals.
2. Definitions.
3. Qualifications of installers and operatives.
4. Examination of Site Conditions.
5. Construction procedures.
6. Project conditions.
7. General protection during construction.
8. Coordination.
9. Punch List requirements.
10. Patching Materials.
11. Examination of Site Conditions.
12. Examination of conditions of preceding work.
13. Preparation.
14. Setting Out.
15. Installation.
16. Covering up preceding work.
17. Cutting and Patching.
18. Cutting in concrete/ CMU construction.
19. Cutting in steel frame and metal deck construction.
20. System Startup.
21. Demonstration and instruction.
22. Cleaning and adjusting.
23. Protection of installed work.
24. Closeout procedures.
25. Schedule for Taking-Over stage handover portions of the Work.
26. Contractor's preparatory stage prior to Taking-Over.
27. Taking-over procedures.
28. Final Completion procedures.
29. Maintenance requirements.
30. Defective work requirements.
5. Section 017123 Field Engineering.
6. Section 017329 Cutting and Patching.
10. Section 019113 General Commissioning Requirements.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
B. Submit documents in acceptable form.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 017000 / 1 Execution And Closeout Requirements
10/09/2014
C. Submit proposed method of setting out. Indicate methods of marking grid lines on Site and methods of
verifying and maintaining their positions for the duration of the Work.
D. Submit details of measures to protect materials during and after installation.
E. Survey work: Submit name, address and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work.
1. On request, submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work.
2. Submit a copy of Site drawing signed by the Land Surveyor, that the elevations and locations of
the Work are in conformance with Contract Documents.
3. Submit surveys and survey logs for the project record.
F. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration that affects any of the
following conditions to the Engineer.
1. Structural integrity of any element of the Work.
2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element.
3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element.
4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements.
5. Work of Employer or separate contractor on Site.
6. Include in request:
a) Identification of Project.
b) Location and description of affected work.
c) Necessity for cutting or alteration.
d) Description of proposed work and products to be used.
e) Alternatives to cutting and patching.
f) Effect on Work of Employer or separate contractor on Site.
g) Written permission of affected separate contractor on Site.
h) Date and time Work shall be executed.
7. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities.
G. Contractor's Punch List: The Contractor shall submit Initial submittal at Taking-Over.
H. Certified Punch List: The Contractor shall submit Final submittal at Final Completion.
I. Maintenance List: The Contractor shall submit the list of items to be maintained.
J. Refer to the closeout submittal requirements within 017800 Closeout Submittals.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. The following definitions are used to define installation tolerances.
1. Tolerance: The defined maximum allowable dimensional deviation from a prescribed or accepted
value or position.
2. Base Reference Datum: The physical marker established on Site to define the base reference
plan and level position to which all other Site setting out is referenced.
3. Dimension: A dimension which can be determined from a set of prescribed dimensions, for
elements defined by the designer responsible for that element.
4. Primary Positional Grid Line: A setting out grid line used to define the spatial layout of the Project
and to which the local setting out of elements may be referenced.
5. Location Reference Point: A specified point used to define the position of certain other points
and/ or elements.
6. Location Reference Plane: A specified plane used to define the position of certain other planes
and/ or elements. The reference plane shall typically be defined by a specified set of reference
points.
7. Location Reference Surface: A specified surface used to define the position of another surface
and/ or surfaces. The reference surface may be defined mathematically (e.g. as part of a cylinder
or as part of a sphere) where it is spatially fixed in relation to specified reference points.
8. Reference Element: A specified element used to define the position of other elements. Typically a
specific point on the reference element shall be defined to other element to which it refers.
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS OF INSTALLERS AND OPERATIVES
A. Use installers and operatives skilled in the processes to be adopted to install work.
B. The Contractor shall submit, on request, documentation demonstrating operative's ability to perform
the assigned work.
C. For survey Work, employ a land surveyor registered in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, and acceptable
to the Employer's Representative. Submit evidence of Surveyor's Errors and Omissions insurance
coverage in the form of an Insurance Certificate.

10/09/2014
D. For field engineering, employ a professional engineer of the discipline required for specific service on
Project, licensed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. Refer to Section 017123 Field Engineering.
1.5 EXAMINATION OF SITE CONDITIONS
A. Visit the Site and examine the conditions under which the Work will be performed.
B. Correlate the observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents and make allowances in
the Tender for conditions and restrictions that affect the execution of the Work.
1.6 CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
A. Supervise and direct the Work using the utmost skill and attention.
B. The Contractor shall comply with laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting the execution of the
Work.
C. The Contractor shall liaise with the Engineer and relevant trades to agree construction means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and the coordination of portions of the Work.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on Site manufacturer's written
recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Use of explosives is not permitted.
B. Grade the Site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping
equipment.
C. Protect Site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect Site from soil
erosion.
D. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation
of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases.
E. Dust Control: Execute Work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations.
Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and over adjacent
property.
1. Provide dust-proof enclosures to prevent entry of dust generated outdoors.
2. Provide dust-proof barriers between construction areas and areas continuing to be occupied by
Employer.
F. Erosion and Sediment Control: The Contractor shall plan and execute Work by methods to control
surface drainage from cuts and fills, from borrow and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and
sedimentation.
1. Minimize amount of bare soil exposed at one time.
2. Provide temporary measures such as berms, dikes, and drains, to prevent water flow.
3. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement to avoid erosive surface silts or clays.
4. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation; promptly apply
corrective measures.
G. Noise Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise produced by construction
operations.
1. Excessively noisy tools and operations shall not be tolerated at any time of the day.
2. Outdoors: Limit conduct of especially noisy exterior Work to the hours of 8 am to 5 pm.
3. Indoors: Limit conduct of especially noisy interior work to the hours of 6 pm to 7 am.
H. Vermin and Insect Control
1. The installation of materials and assemblies shall include protection against and not contain or
provide harborage for infestation by vermin or insects.
2. Comply with the recommendations of Digest 415 - Reducing the Risk of Pest Infestations: Design
Recommendations and Literature Review, of the Building Research Establishment unless
otherwise indicated by requirements of the KSA Statutory Authorities.
3. Pest Control Service: Provide weekly treatments.
I. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and
atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction
operations. Comply with the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia Statutory Authority regulations.
1.8 GENERAL PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. The Contractor shall provide protection of the Work during installation and construction until Taking-
Over.
B. Other than damage due to terrorist attacks or similar activity, anticipate the possible sources of
damage to the Work and provide protective measures and materials to maintain the Work in an as
new condition.

10/09/2014
C. During shop welding work and Site welding work, protect any adjacent components to be welded and
replace any parts and components damaged during the welding operations. The Contractor shall be
responsible for the protection of products and curing activities without any damages until Taking-Over
or for the duration indicated by the Engineer beyond the Taking-Over period.
D. Make good damage where protection is inadequate to the acceptance of Engineer.
E. Provide protection against damage due to and including weather conditions, construction operations,
work of other Subcontractors, warping, distortion, abrasion and conditions which will have an adverse
effect on the Work.
F. Carefully remove protection immediately before Taking-Over and leave the Work clean and fit for
immediate use.
1.9 COORDINATION
A. The Contractor shall coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various sections of the
Contract Documents to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent
construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later.
B. The Contractor shall notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements.
C. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics are compatible with the installed utilities. Coordinate
work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and
placing in service, such requirements.
D. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work that are
indicated diagrammatically on the Tender Drawings. Follow routing indicated for pipes, ducts, and
conduit, as closely as practicable. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other
installations, for maintenance, and for repairs.
E. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the
construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements.
F. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections.
G. After the Employer occupies the premises, coordinate access to Site for correction of defective work
and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, with minimal disruption to Employer's activities.
H. Refer to Section 019113 General Commissioning Requirements for additional requirements.
1.10 CONTRACTOR'S PUNCH LIST REQUIREMENTS
A. Organization of List: The Contractor shall include name and identification of each space and area
affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if
necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.
1. The Contractor shall organize list of utilities in sequential order.
2. The Contractor shall include the following information at the top of each page:
a) Project name.
b) Date.
c) Name of Employer, Engineer and Employer's Representative.
d) Name of Contractor.
e) Page number of total number of pages.
3. The Contractor shall submit the Punch List in the following format as directed by the Engineer.
a) MS Excel electronic file. The Engineer shall return annotated file.
b) PDF electronic file. The Engineer shall return annotated file.
c) 3 No. paper copies. The Engineer shall return 2 No. copies.
4. The Contractor shall use a database system that shall enable tracking and closure of items.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PATCHING MATERIALS
A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and
extending work.
B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where
necessary, referring to existing work as a standard.
C. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described
in Section 016000 Product Requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION OF SITE CONDITIONS
A. Visit the Site and examine the conditions under which the Work shall be performed. Verify that existing
Site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means
acceptance of existing conditions.
B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied
or attached.

10/09/2014
C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual Work Sections of the Specification.
D. The Contractor shall take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning
fabrication, to minimize waste due to over-ordering or misfabrication.
E. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing Work, including elements subject to
damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions
affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing
conditions.
F. The Contractor shall correlate the observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents and
make allowances in the Tender for conditions and restrictions that affect the execution of the Work.
G. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations.
3.2 EXAMINATION OF CONDITIONS OF PRECEDING WORK
A. Verify that materials have been correctly installed.
B. Verify lines, levels and fixing points.
C. Verify the acceptability of surfaces to receive the Work.
D. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of unsatisfactory conditions, without delay; submit proposals
for remedial action when instructed.
3.3 COVERING UP PRECEDING WORK
A. Do not cover up other work until it has been examined and accepted by the Engineer.
B. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer well in advance for work required to be covered up, to permit
examinations.
3.4 PREPARATION
A. Site Measurements: Take Site measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck
measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other
construction, verify dimensions of other construction by Site measurements before fabrication.
Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. Submit Shop
Drawings in accordance with Section 013300 Submittal Procedures where applicable.
B. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items indicated diagrammatically
on the Tender Drawings.
C. Review of Tender Drawings and Site Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification
in the Tender Drawings caused by differing Site Conditions outside the control of the Contractor,
investigate the existing conditions and prepare proposals for improvement methodologies and submit
an RFI submittal to the Engineer according to the RFI procedure requirements in Section 013113
Project Coordination.
D. Provide protection for other portions of project which may be affected.
E. Provide protection from elements when required.
F. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance.
G. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance.
H. The Contractor shall apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or
conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond.
3.5 SETTING OUT
A. The Contractor shall establish a physical Base Reference Datum on Site from which primary plan
positioned grids and principal levels are subsequently set out.
B. Strategically place Base Reference Datum point so that it can be easily referenced during the Work.
C. Base Reference Datum point to be physically robust and located in the ground so that it shall not be
prone to movement or vibration from construction operations. Spatially fix datum point to within ±2mm
accuracy of the design dimension to the designated reference point.
D. Use suitably qualified personnel to perform primary setting out, using instruments and methods
appropriate for achieving the necessary precision and accuracy.
E. Do not commence setting out until methods of marking grid lines on Site and methods of verifying and
maintaining their positions for the duration of the Work have been accepted by the Engineer.
F. The plan position of any designated mark (measured to its center) defining a Primary Positional Grid
Line shall be located to within ±2mm of its design dimension from the Base Reference Datum.
G. Promptly report to Engineer the loss or destruction of any reference datum point or relocation required
because of changes in grades or other reasons.
H. On completion of foundation walls and major Site improvements, prepare a certified survey illustrating
dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and Site Work.
3.6 INSTALLATION
A. Line and Level: The Contractor shall install the Work and components of the Work accurately. Make
vertical work plumb and horizontal work level, and aligned adjacent components, in all directions.
B. Manufacturer's Instructions

10/09/2014
1. Unless otherwise specified, install proprietary products and systems strictly in accordance with
the manufacturer's printed instructions. Do not rely on labels or enclosures provided with
products. Obtain written instructions directly from manufacturers.
2. Notify the Engineer of conflicts between individual Work Sections of the Specification and the
manufacturer's instructions. Proceed as instructed.
C. In addition to compliance with the Relevant Statutory Approving Authority requirements, conduct
construction operations in compliance with NFPA 241.
D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated.
3.7 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Whenever possible, execute the Work by methods that avoid cutting or patching.
B. Refer to Section 017329 Cutting and Patching.
3.8 CUTTING IN CONCRETE/ CMU CONSTRUCTION
A. Do not cut into nor core drill openings or holes in beams, joists and columns without prior written
acceptance of the Engineer.
1. When written acceptance is obtained, the Contractor shall comply with additional requirements
and instructions of the Engineer.
B. In members other than beams, joists and columns; where an opening larger than 255mm in any
dimension is required, or where dimension between 2 openings in less than 2 times maximum
dimension of largest opening, and condition is not indicated on architectural or structural portions of
the Tender Drawings, obtain prior written acceptance from the Engineer.
1. At floor slabs and walls to be core drilled or cut, find and mark all reinforcing in both faces located
by means of x-ray, pach-ometer, or profometer. Submit sketch showing location of rebar and
proposed cuts or cores for review.
3.9 CUTTING IN STEEL FRAME AND METAL DECK CONSTRUCTION
A. Do not cut nor drill holes in webs and flanges of columns, beams, purlins and joists without prior
written acceptance from the Engineer.
1. When written acceptance is obtained, the Contractor shall comply with requirements and
instructions of the Engineer and provide reinforcing at such locations when required.
B. When openings are cut into metal decks having cast-in-place concrete slab over metal deck.
1. No reinforcing of holes is required for circular openings or sleeves up to 150mm diameter and for
rectangular openings having no side dimension greater than 150mm.
2. Reinforce openings greater than 150mm.
3. Obtain prior acceptance from the Engineer for openings not indicated on architectural or
structural portions of the Tender Drawings.
a) Comply with additional requirements and instructions by the Engineer.
C. When openings are cut into metal roof decks that have no concrete cast-in-place (except lightweight
insulating cementitious roof fill) over deck.
1. No reinforcing of holes is required for circular openings less than 150mm diameter and for
rectangular openings having no side dimension greater than 150mm.
2. Reinforce openings between 150mm and 305mm with 0.9mm flat steel sheet 305mm greater in
dimension than opening; fusion weld to top surface of deck at each corner and on each side
midway between corners.
3. Do not cut openings greater than 305mm without prior acceptance by the Engineer.
a) Comply with requirements and instructions by the Engineer.
3.10 SYSTEM STARTUP
A. Coordinate with requirements of Section 019113 General Commissioning Requirements.
3.11 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING
A. Progress Cleaning
1. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain Site in a clean and orderly
condition.
2. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or
remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space.
3. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning
to eliminate dust.
4. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/ rubbish from Site periodically and dispose
off-Site; do not burn or bury.
B. Final Cleaning
1. Execute final cleaning prior to applying for Taking-Over.
2. Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during
construction.

10/09/2014
C. Adjusting
1. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.
2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace
finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show
evidence of repair or restoration.
3. Testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems: Refer to the relevant MEP Specification,
Division 23 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Work Sections of the Specification
for adjusting requirements.
4. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that my impede operation or
reduce longevity.
5. Replace burned-out bulbs and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent in accordance with the
requirements for new fixtures as defined within MEP Specification, Division 26 Electrical Work
Sections.
3.12 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK
A. Provide protection of the Work as indicated in Part 1 of this Section for general protection
requirements until Taking-Over.
B. Provide special protection where specified in individual Work Sections of the Specification.
C. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain
recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer.
D. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas.
E. Carefully remove protection immediately before Taking-Over and leave the Work clean and fit for
immediate use. Re-use or recycle plastic coverings if possible.
3.13 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Refer to Section 017800 Closeout Submittals for closeout submittal requirements.
B. Refer to Section 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data for O+M Manual requirements.
C. Refer to Section 017839 Project Record Documents for As-built Drawings and Record Document
requirements.
D. Make submittals that are required by the Relevant Statutory Approving Authorities.
1. Provide copies to the Engineer and Employer, as directed by the Engineer.
E. The Contractor shall accompany the Project Coordinator on preliminary inspection to determine items
to be listed for completion or correction in Contractor's Notice of Taking-Over.
F. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when work is considered ready for Taking-Over in accordance
to the requirements stipulated in this Section.
G. The Contractor shall submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work
has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for
Engineer's review.
H. The Contractor shall correct items of work listed in executed Certificates of Taking-Over and comply
with requirements for access to the Employer-occupied areas.
I. Complete items of work determined by the Engineer's final inspection.
3.14 SCHEDULE FOR TAKING-OVER STAGE HANDOVER PORTIONS OF THE WORK
A. The Contractor shall establish within the Contractor's Program and by a separate method statement
the detailed sequence of how the Contractor proposes to handover portions of the Work to the
Employer in the Taking-Over stage of the Work on the Site.
B. Within the program include tests and inspections that must occur by all parties for each portion that
shall be handed over and a detailed Schedule for Taking-Over stage handover portions of the Work
that specifically lists the portions of the Work by room number and/ or floor level. The Engineer shall
review and accept the proposed method statement and schedule before the Contractor may
implement them on Site.
3.15 CONTRACTOR'S PREPARATORY STAGE PRIOR TO TAKING-OVER
A. Contractor's Punch List: The Contractor shall prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and
corrected, commonly known as the Contractor's Punch List, or referred to as Contractor's Snag List,
indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. Refer to Part 1
of this Section for Punch List requirements.
B. Procedures Prior to Taking-Over: The Contractor shall complete the following procedures a minimum
of 2 weeks prior to requesting inspection by the Engineer for determining date of Taking-Over. The
Contractor shall provide a list indicating the items below that are incomplete at the time of inspection
request.
1. Advise the Employer of pending insurance changeover requirements.
2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to the Employer. Advise the
Employer's personnel of changeover in security provisions.
3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment.

10/09/2014
4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Taking-Over.

5. Instruct the Employer's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products,
equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings.
6. Advise the Employer of changeover in heat and other utilities.
7. Participate with the Employer in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency
services of the Relevant Statutory Authorities.
8. Terminate and remove the temporary facilities from the Site, along with mock-ups, construction
tools, and similar elements.
9. Complete Final Cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
10. Touchup and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.
11. Replace all bulbs right before Taking-Over inspection by the Engineer.
12. Contractor's Pre-Inspection Check: The Contractor shall perform a final check of the Work
against his Punch List to ensure the Site is ready for the Engineer's walkthrough inspection. The
Contractor shall be responsible to ensure this Pre-inspection check is executed by his quality
control personnel in his due diligence tasks for Quality Control Procedures.
C. Submittals Prior to Taking-Over: The Contractor shall complete the following submittals a minimum of
2 weeks prior to requesting inspection by the Engineer for determining date of Taking-Over. The
Contractor shall provide a list indicating the items below that are incomplete at the time of inspection
request.
1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from the Relevant Statutory Approving
Authorities permitting the Employer unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and
utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.
2. Submit closeout submittals specified in Section 017800 Closeout Submittals, including project
Record Documents, Operation and Maintenance (O+M) Manuals, Final Completion construction
photographic documentation, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final
record information.
3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Work Sections of the Specification, including
specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications,
and similar documents.
4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Work Sections of the
Specification, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to
location designated by the Engineer. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where
applicable.
a) Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance
material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of
related Work Section of the Specification. Obtain the Engineer's signature for receipt of
submittals.
5. Submit testing, adjusting and balancing records required by the Commissioning Agent to execute
the Commissioning Plan. Refer to Section 019113 General Commissioning Requirements.
6. Submit changeover information related to Employer's occupancy, use, operation, and
maintenance for incoming utilities and similar information.
7. Submit evidence of inspections performed by the Contractor during the course of the Work on
Site and during the Contractor's Pre-Inspection Check activities. The evidence shall include but
not be limited to the following: completed Contractor inspection logs with personnel signoff
signatures, issued certificates, Relevant Statutory Approving Authority inspection documentation
and Commissioning Agent inspection documentation.
3.16 TAKING-OVER PROCEDURES
A. Contractor's Punch List: The Contractor shall submit his Punch List performed during the preparatory
stage for Taking-Over to the Engineer. The Engineer shall use the Contractor's Punch List as the
starting point for his review of the Work on Site.
1. If the Engineer in his review on Site encounter 10 items or more of corrections within a single
room or area from the Contractor's Punch List, or in the judgment of the Engineer on the
executed work quality, the Engineer shall stop his inspection walkthrough, and alert the
Contractor immediately of the work deficiencies.
2. Should the Work, in the Engineer's opinion during the walkthrough inspection, be deemed
unsatisfactory for inspection at this stage as indicated above, the Contractor shall bear all costs
to have the Engineer return to Site to perform the final inspection once the Contractor remedies
the deficiencies.
B. Inspection: The Contractor shall submit a written request for inspection to determine Taking-Over a
minimum of 2 weeks prior to date the Work shall be completed and ready for Final Inspection and
tests.
1. On receipt of inspection request, the Engineer shall either proceed with inspection or notify the
Contractor of unfulfilled requirements that must be addressed prior to the Engineer's inspection.
2. Inspections shall be carried out during normal working hours as stipulated in the Contract
Conditions.

10/09/2014
3. Engineer's Punch List: The Engineer shall issue his Punch List to the Contractor after his
inspection walkthrough is complete.
4. Re-inspection by Engineer: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous
inspections as incomplete are completed or corrected.
5. Results of completed inspection shall form the basis of requirements for Final Completion.
C. Engineer's Action: The Engineer shall prepare the Taking-Over Certificate after inspection or shall
notify the Contractor of outstanding Punch List items, either on Contractor's Punch List or additional
items identified by the Engineer on his Punch List, that must be completed or corrected before the
certificate shall be issued.
D. Contractor's Action
1. Stage 1 Lockdown Procedure: The Contractor shall implement lockdown procedures following
the Engineer's inspection and acceptance of the Work and prior to the issue of the Taking-Over
Certificate by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible to control and to manage access
to the inspected and desnagged portions of the Work that form the scope of work for the Taking-
Over Certificate.
a) The Engineer's acceptance of the Work at this stage is not deemed completion as defined
within the Contract Conditions.
2. Stage 2 Lockdown Procedure: After the Taking-Over Certificate is issued by the Engineer for a
specific portion of the Work on Site, the Contractor shall be responsible to provide controlled and
managed access to those spaces by lockdown measures, such as the secure closing of doors
and locking of the area, until the area is taken over by the Employer.
3.17 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining Final
Completion, the Contractor shall complete the following items and submit to the Engineer. Also refer to
the Contract Conditions for project close requirements.
1. Submit an Application for the Final Payment Certificate according to the Contract Conditions.
2. Certified Punch List: Submit certified copy of the Engineer's Taking-Over inspection Punch List,
endorsed and dated by the Engineer. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has
been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.
3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with
insurance requirements.
4. Submit pest-control final inspection report.
5. Submit receipt of payment for Final Cleaning Stage requirements.
B. Inspection: The Contractor shall submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance
of the Work by the Engineer a minimum of 2 weeks prior to date the work shall be completed and
ready for final inspection and tests.
C. On receipt of request, the Engineer shall either proceed with inspection or notify the Contractor of
unfulfilled requirements. The Engineer shall prepare a Final Payment Certificate after inspection or
shall notify the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate shall
be issued.
1. Inspections shall be carried out during normal working hours as stipulated in the Contract
Conditions.
2. Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete are completed or corrected.
D. Project Close: A Performance Certificate shall be issued by the Engineer to the Contractor at project
close in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Conditions. Refer to Section 014200
References for the definition of 'Performance Certificate'.
3.18 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide service and maintenance of components indicated in individual Work Sections of the
Specification.
B. Submit a list of all items to be maintained by the Contractor to the Engineer for review.
C. Maintenance Period: As indicated in the individual Work Sections of the Specification or, if not
indicated, not less than one year from the Date of Taking-Over or the length of the specified warranty
whichever is longer.
D. Examine system components at a frequency consistent with reliable operation. Clean, adjust, and
lubricate as required.
E. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components. Repair or replace parts
whenever required. Use parts produced by the manufacturer of the original component.
F. Maintenance service shall not be assigned or transferred to any agent or Subcontractor without prior
written consent by the Employer.
3.19 DEFECTIVE WORK REQUIREMENTS

10/09/2014
A. Proposals for Rectification of Defective Work and Defective Materials: Within 48 hours after any part
or parts of the Work or any materials or goods are known or appear to be not in accordance with the
Contract, the Contractor shall submit proposals to Engineer for opening up, inspection and testing.
1. The Contractor shall allow for the possibility that such proposals may be unacceptable to the
Engineer and that the Engineer may issue contrary instructions. The Contractor shall immediately
once those proposals are accepted or alternative instructions are issued by the Engineer,
execute the proposals with utmost urgency. No allowance for costs or delays arising from
compliance with the above shall be considered.
2. The Contractor shall obtain instruction before proceeding with any Work which may cover up or
otherwise hinder the access to the defective construction.
B. When defective work occurs after Taking-Over, the Contractor shall have to coordinate with the
Employer and the Employer's Facility Manager (FM) Service Provider to address the defects in
accordance with the Defects Notification Period as defined in Section 014200 References.
C. The Contractor shall maintain a defects close out team and an emergency response team on Site to
perform the coordination activities with the Employer's FM Service Provider until Final Completion.
1. The Contractor shall bear all the costs for works carried out by the Employer's FM Service
Provider, if the provider is forced to address the defect or failure through their own arrangement,
in the event of the Contractor failing to respond at Site.
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 017123 FIELD ENGINEERING 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 SUBMITTALS 1
1.4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1
3.1 INSPECTION 1
3.2 GENERAL 1
3.3 SURVEY BENCHMARKS (REFERENCE POINTS AND CONTROL POINTS) 2
3.4 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS 2
3.5 LAYING OUT 2

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 017123 Field Engineering
10/09/2014
SECTION 017123 FIELD ENGINEERING

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Field Engineering Services in accordance with
the requirements of the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the following.
a) Submittals.
b) Quality Assurance.
c) Project record documents.
d) Inspection.
e) General field engineering requirements.
f) Survey benchmarks (reference points and control points).
g) Survey requirements.
h) Laying out.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit name and CV with qualifications for Land Surveyor before starting survey work.
B. On request, submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work.
C. Submit a copy of registered Site drawing and a declaration signed by the Land Surveyor that the
elevations and locations of the work are in conformance with the Contract Documents.
A. Qualified Land Surveyor with minimum 10 years experience.
1.4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain complete, accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses.
B. On completion of foundation walls and major Site improvements, prepare a certified survey showing
dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and Site Work.
C. Submit Project Record documents under the provisions of Section 013300 Submittal Procedures.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Before ordering any material or doing any work, verify all measurements and be responsible for their
correctness. No extra charge or compensation will be allowed on account of difference between actual
measurements and the dimensions given in the Contract Documents. Any difference which may be
found shall be submitted to the Engineer in writing for consideration before proceeding with the work.
3.2 GENERAL
A. Site Benchmarks shall be accurately and safely established, protected, maintained and cleared away
upon completion of work or when no longer required all to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
1. Prepare a plan detailing the location of the Site Benchmarks and keep up to date throughout the
operational period of the Contract. Reproducible copies of the plan so prepared shall be
supplied to the Engineer, as and when he may request and require.
B. The Engineer reserves the right to order levels to be taken at any time considered necessary for the
full and proper supervision and measurement of the Work.
C. Before the work or any parts thereof are commenced, the Contractor and the Engineer shall together
survey and take levels of the Site of the Work and agree upon all particulars on which setting out of
the work shall be based.
1. Such levels shall be related to the permanent Benchmarks and plotted by the Contractor and
after agreement of the drawings shall be signed by the Engineer and the Contractor, and shall
form the basis of setting out of the Work.
a) Failing such surveys and agreements being prepared and/ or signed by the Contractor, the
surveys of the Employer, if undertaken in the absence of the Contractor's survey, shall be
final and binding upon both parties.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 017123 / 1 Field Engineering
10/09/2014
2. The Contractor shall plot these levels and after they have been signed by the Engineer and the
Contractor, the original with minimum 3 No. copies of it shall be submitted to the Engineer for
distribution to the Employer and Employer's Representative. The exact quantity required shall be
determined by the Engineer on Site.
3.3 SURVEY BENCHMARKS (REFERENCE POINTS AND CONTROL POINTS)
A. Protect survey control points prior to starting Site work; preserve permanent reference points during
construction. Make no changes without prior written notice to the Engineer.
B. Promptly report to the Engineer the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required
because of changes in grades or other reasons. Replace dislocated survey control points based on
the original survey control.
3.4 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS
A. Establish other permanent benchmarks on Site, referenced to establish survey control points. Record
locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record documents. Refer to Section 017839
Project Record Documents where applicable.
B. Establish lines and levels, locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means for the
following items, refer to requirements indicated within the individual Work Sections of the Specification
for further items for inclusion.
1. Site improvements, including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement and utility
locations, slopes, and invert elevations.
C. Periodically verify layouts by same means.
D. The Contractor shall provide for the use of the Engineer and his staff, all necessary survey
instruments, including a modern theodolite and stand, modern level, level staff, load lines, 50m steel
tapes and other equipment and labor and attendance which the Engineer may require for checking
and setting out and marking the Work. The survey instruments shall remain the property of the
Contractor.
E. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls and major Site improvements, prepare a certified
survey showing dimensions, locations, angles and elevations of construction and Site work.
F. As required within the Contract Conditions, prepare a final property survey for the Site.
3.5 LAYING OUT
A. Lay out the Work using methods and necessary instruments described within the following permissible
deviations, as described in BS 5606.
1. Linear dimensions: ±5mm (1/ 15,000).
2. Angular dimensions: ±5mm (±2 seconds).
B. Submit details of methods and equipment to be used in laying out the Work.
C. Check the levels and dimensions of the Site against those indicated on the Tender Drawings and
record the results on a copy of the Tender Drawings. Notify the Engineer in writing of any
discrepancies and obtain instructions before proceeding.
D. Inform the Engineer when overall laying out for the Site is complete.
E. Arrange the setting out, erection, juxta-position of components and application of finishes working
within the practical limits of the Detailed Design and Specification to ensure that there is a satisfactory
fit at junctions and that the finished work has a well aligned, true and regular appearance.
F. Wherever satisfactory accuracy, fit and/ or appearance of the work are likely to be critical or difficult to
achieve, obtain the Engineer's acceptance of proposals or of the appearance of the relevant aspects
of the partially finished work as early as possible.
G. Work which fails to meet the specified levels of accuracy must not be rectified without acceptance.
H. Submit proposals for such rectification and meet all costs arising, including effects on other work.
I. Allow for the possibility that acceptance will not be given, necessitating removal and replacement of
the work.
End of Section

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 017123 / 2 Field Engineering
10/09/2014
SECTION 017300 EXECUTION 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 CONTRACTOR'S METHOD STATEMENT REQUIREMENTS 1
1.3 LIMITING EXPOSURES 2

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 017300 Execution
10/09/2014
SECTION 017300 EXECUTION

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. General: Read this Section in conjunction with other related Division 01 Work Sections, the general
and supplementary provisions of the Contract Conditions, the Tender Drawings, the Specification and
Appendices.
B. Section Includes
1. Contractor's Method Statement requirements.
2. Limiting exposures.
1.2 CONTRACTOR'S METHOD STATEMENT REQUIREMENTS
A. General Requirements
1. The Contractor shall prepare detailed Method Statements as specified in the Work Sections of
the Specification, describing the sequence and methods to be employed in performing work for
all portions of Work and in accordance with the requirements of this Section.
2. The Contractor shall identify proposed solutions and processes for workmanship, fabrication,
fixing, securing, storing and handling, setting out, Site assembly and protection.
3. In the interests of safety the Contractor is advised that the Engineer shall review all Method
Statements and Design Calculations prior to commencement of any Work on Site and the
Contractor shall make due allowance for this when programming the Work.
4. Upon Contract Award, and prior to commencement of any Work at Site, the Contractor shall
prepare and submit to the Engineer a more detailed Method Statement document addressing all
aspects of the Work as listed in the details below, which shall also outline the overall safety,
access, storage, distribution and security measures to be implemented throughout the Work.
a) Refer to Section 013300 Submittal Procedures for the requirements for submitting the
Method Statement.
B. Method Statement Detailed Requirements
1. The Contractor shall not be permitted to commence the Work on Site until he has submitted all
details regarding the execution of work as listed in this Section.
2. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to coordination of the work with other separate
contractors, quality, safety and programme requirements in the preparation of the detailed
Method Statement for Work execution.
3. The Contractor shall include a staffing organization chart with individuals named and periods
identified for attendance on Site together with items of plant to be used and periods of intended
use on Site. The statement must also extend to include control and coordination of all
Subcontractors and particularly those with design liability.
4. The Method Statement document shall be clearly titled, with revisions numbered and dated, the
format for which shall be as accepted by the Engineer.
5. The Contractor's Method Statement for execution, as a minimum, shall include the following
items:
a) Describe the management and implementation methods for the engineering, fabrication,
transportation, installation and testing of major materials.
b) Describe the methods of construction.
c) Site establishment requirements and proposed Site logistics arrangement which considers
the Site constraints.
d) Winter Working Methods: In the event the Contractor's Construction Schedule proposes to
undertake work during the winter months, the Contractor shall provide a narrative describing
the particular problems winter working will present including maintenance and operation of
equipment, treatment of frozen ground and minimum temperature for each operation.
e) Identify wheel washing facilities including description of proposed wheel washing point and
details of its capacity.
f) Supplement the written information with drawings / diagrams as deemed necessary.
g) Identify specific coordination and interface requirements with other Subcontractors' work
including the preparation and submission of various technical submittals, including but not
limited to drawings, sketches, calculations, material submittals.
h) Address specific safety related precautions and measures proposed to be taken and
describe emergency procedures.
i) Identify the access routes and Site logistics.
j) Describe all temporary construction requirements including detailed locations of
construction equipment, their capacities, clearances, etc. supplemented by relevant
sketches.
Issued For Tender - Rev 01 017300 / 1 Execution
10/09/2014
k) Identify areas for storage of materials and detail handling procedures.

l) Identify existing services and structures in the proximity of Work to be carried out and detail
the methods of execution.
m) Detail how the Work is to be set out.
n) Describe the procedures for verification of construction and erection tolerances, and the
stages at which checking of constructed of constructed Work shall be carried out.
o) Detail the proposed construction equipment and manpower to be utilized.
p) Identify the person designated to be in charge of the specific work being addressed.
q) Include contingency plans to be implemented to mitigate the effects of risks, which may
occur.
r) Make reference to the accepted Shop Drawings and materials.
s) Include sufficient number of detailed sketches, diagrams and calculations to render the
Method Statements easily comprehensible.
t) Relate to the accepted Construction Schedule execution activities.
u) Refer to the individual Work Sections of the Specification for additional requirements to be
included within the Method Statements.
1.3 LIMITING EXPOSURES
A. The Contractor shall supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction,
completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging or otherwise deleterious
exposure during the construction period.
B. Where applicable, such exposures include, but are not limited to, the following items and conditions.
1. Excessive static or dynamic loading.
2. Excessive internal or external pressure.
3. Excessively high or low temperatures.
4. Thermal shock.
5. Excessively high or low humidity.
6. Air contamination or pollution.
7. Water.
8. Solvents.
9. Chemicals.
10. UV Light.
11. Puncture.
12. Abrasion.
13. Heavy traffic.
14. Soiling, staining, and corrosion.
15. Bacteria.
16. Rodent and insect infestation.
17. Combustion.
18. Electrical current.
19. High-speed operation.
20. Improper lubrication.
21. Unusual wear or other misuse.
22. Contract between incompatible materials.
23. Destructive testing.
24. Misalignment.
25. Excessive weathering.
26. Unprotected storage.
27. Improper shipping or handling.
28. Theft.
29. Vandalism.

10/09/2014
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 017329 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 DEFINITIONS 1
1.3 SUBMITTALS 1
1.5 WARRANTY 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL 2
3.1 INSPECTION 2
3.2 PREPARATION 3
3.3 PERFORMANCE 3
3.4 CLEANING 3

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 017329 Cutting And Patching
10/09/2014
SECTION 017329 CUTTING AND PATCHING

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching where not
specified in individual Specification Sections.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other
Work. Cutting does not include mere drilling of holes to accommodate screws, anchors, bolts or other
fasteners, such drilling is part of each Section's installation function.
B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of
other works.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures well in advance of the time
cutting and patching will be performed for the Engineer's acceptance before proceeding. Request
agreement to proceed. Include the following information, as applicable, in the proposal.
1. Identify the Project, and provide details of the location and description of affected Work.
2. Describe the extent of cutting and patching required. Show how it will be performed and indicate
why it cannot be avoided.
3. Describe anticipated results in terms of changes to existing construction. Include changes to
structural elements and operating components as well as changes in the building's appearance
and other significant visual elements.
4. List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work.
5. Include in submittal request any effect or changes on the cutting and patching proposal by
Employer, or any other contractors. A written permission from the other contractors should be
obtained and submitted to the Employer.
6. Indicate dates when cutting and patching will be performed.
7. Utilities: List utilities that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List utilities that
will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out-of-service. Indicate how long service will
be disrupted.
8. Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details
and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original structure.
9. Acceptance by the Engineer to proceed with cutting and patching does not waive the Engineer's
right to later require complete removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work.
A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would
change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.
1. Obtain acceptance from the Engineer of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and
patching the following structural elements:
a) Foundation construction.
b) Bearing and retaining walls.
c) Structural concrete.
d) Structural steel.
e) Lintels.
f) Timber and primary wood framing.
g) Structural decking.
h) Stair systems.
i) Miscellaneous structural metals.
j) Exterior curtain-wall construction.
k) Equipment supports.
l) Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment.
B. Perform any type of Work which may be required to make its several parts come together properly to
fit into, receive, or be received by Work of each Section, as shown on, or which may reasonably be
inferred from, Contract Documents, and make good as directed. Any cost caused by omission of, or
ill-timed or uncoordinated performance of Work shall be borne by either the Contractor or the
responsible Subcontractors. Do not endanger any installed Work by cutting, digging or otherwise
altering, and do not cut or alter Work of any separate contractors without written authorization by the
Engineer.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 017329 / 1 Cutting And Patching
10/09/2014
C. Correct work by tradesperson performing original Work. Where adjustments must be made to
surfaces, elements or equipment due to errors, omissions or late co-ordination data from a trade or
separate Subcontractor, the original specialist trades shall make the adjustment at the expense of the
trade or separate Subcontractor causing the change.
D. Cut structural concrete, steel, and any supporting members only according to written permission
issued by the Engineer. In case of cutting or coring of concrete members, the Engineer may require
use of X-rays to determine location of reinforcing steel. Do not core into or through concrete structure
until X-rays have been taken and copy has been examined by the Engineer and authorization to
proceed has been given. Bear the cost of any reinforcement or remedial Work required, including X-
ray investigation and additional fees for redesign and administrative costs.
E. Perform cutting in a manner so as to avoid damaging or endangering any portion of work.
F. Cut, patch and make good to leave Work in a finished condition where new Work connects with
existing and where existing Work is altered.
G. All cutting, chasing and isolated demolition shall be responsibility of Contractor, who shall either
perform these operations with his own forces under this Section. The Contractor may engage
particular subcontractor responsible for materials affected.
H. Where a trade Section corresponding to any part of existing Work is not included in Specifications,
cutting and patching for such portions or Work under this category shall be done under this Section.
I. For architectural and structural cutting and chasing to allow for installation of mechanical and electrical
work, Sections responsible for various categories of this Work are as follows:
J. Cutting of holes up to 200 mm in diameter or square.
1. Holes or other openings greater than 200 mm in diameter or square, all chases, bulkheads,
furring and related patching: Under this Section, except as otherwise indicated.
2. Cutting and patching of architectural and structural work required by all Sections: Responsibility
of the Section whose work is to be cut or patched, and made only with the Engineer's
acceptance.
3. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual
evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior in a
manner that would, in the Engineer's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove
and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
K. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner
that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating
elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased
operational life or safety.
1. Obtain acceptance from the Engineer of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and
patching the following operating elements or safety related systems:
a) Primary operational systems and equipment.
b) Air or smoke barriers.
c) Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.
d) Membranes and flashings.
e) Fire protection systems.
f) Noise and vibration control elements and systems.
g) Control systems.
h) Communication systems.
i) Conveying systems.
j) Electrical wiring systems.
L. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied
spaces in a manner that would, in the Engineer opinion, reduce aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and
patch construction in a manner that would result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove
and replace construction cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Existing Warranties: Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods
and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match
existing adjacent surfaces.
B. If identical materials are not available, or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will
match the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION

10/09/2014
A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching is to be
performed before cutting. If unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take corrective
action before proceeding.
1. Before proceeding, meet at the Site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including
mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate
procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut and submit details to the Engineer
for review.
B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide
protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the project that might be exposed during
cutting and patching operations.
C. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas.
D. Do not cut existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork in use but scheduled to be removed or relocated until
provisions have been made to bypass them.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A. General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching
at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay.
1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other
construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to
their original condition.
2. Do not cut, drill or sleeve load-bearing members without obtaining written approval from the
Engineer, for each condition.
B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements retained or
adjoining construction. Where possible, review proposed procedures with the original Installer;
comply with the original Installer's recommendations.
1. Make cuts with clean, true, smooth edges to acceptable tolerances, and in conformance with
industry practices for such applicable class of work.
2. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not
hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and
with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
3. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into
concealed surfaces.
4. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a Carborundum saw or a
diamond-core drill.
5. Comply with requirements of the applicable Specification Sections where cutting and patching
requires excavating and backfilling.
6. Where services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, by-pass utility services,
such as pipe or conduit, before cutting. Cut-off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be
removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal the remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent
entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after by-passing and cutting.
7. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic or impact tools shall not be used
on masonry work without prior approval by the Engineer.
C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are acceptable to the Engineer. Comply with all specified
tolerances.
1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity process and procedure
required.
2. Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces, and
with suitable allowance for deflections, expansions and contractions.
3. Enclose pipes, ducts, conduit and wires that are passing through suspended floors in a 100 mm
high metal sleeve, and render the patchwork air and watertight with water resistant fire-stopping.
4. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining
construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.
5. Where removing walls or partitions extends one finished area into another, patch and repair floor
and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform color and appearance.
Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to
achieve uniform color and appearance.
a) Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire
unbroken surface containing the patch after the area has received primer and second coat.
6. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of
uniform appearance.
3.4 CLEANING

10/09/2014
A. Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar,
oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying
paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 017419 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND 1

DISPOSAL
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1
1.2 SUMMARY 1
1.3 DEFINITIONS 1
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1
1.5 SUBMITTALS 1
1.7 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN 2
3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION 2
3.2 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL 3
3.3 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE 3
3.4 DISPOSAL OF WASTE 3

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 017419 Construction Waste Management And Disposal
10/09/2014
SECTION 017419 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND

DISPOSAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following.
1. Recycling nonhazardous construction waste.
2. Disposing of nonhazardous construction waste.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 015000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls for environmental-protection measures
during construction, and location of waste containers at Project site.
2. Section 311000 Site Clearing.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Construction Waste: Site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction,
remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging.
B. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling,
reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Develop waste management plan that results in end-of-Project rates for recycling of 50% by
weight of total waste generated by the Work.
B. Recycle Requirements: Employer's goal is to recycle as much nonhazardous construction waste as
possible. The Employer has established minimum goals for the following materials.
1. Construction Waste:
a) Site-clearing waste.
b) Masonry and CMU.
c) Lumber.
d) Wood sheet materials.
e) Wood trim.
f) Metals.
g) Roofing.
h) Insulation.
i) Carpet and pad.
j) Gypsum board.
k) Piping.
l) Electrical conduit.
m) Packaging: Regardless of recycle goal indicated above, recycle 100 percent of the
following uncontaminated packaging materials:
1. Paper.
2. Cardboard.
3. Boxes.
4. Plastic sheet and film.
5. Polystyrene packaging.
6. Wood crates.
7. Plastic pails.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Management Plan: Submit 3 copies of plan within 7 days of date established for
commencement of the Work.
B. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit 3 copies
of report. Include the following information.
1. Material category.
2. Generation point of waste.
3. Total quantity of waste in tons (tonnes).

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 017419 / 1 Construction Waste Management And Disposal
10/09/2014
4. Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual in tons (tonnes).

5. Total quantity of waste recovered (recycled) in tons (tonnes).
6. Total quantity of waste recovered (recycled) as a percentage of total waste.
C. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit 3 copies of
calculated end-of-Project rates for recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by
the Work.
D. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by
recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts,
and invoices.
E. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and
incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.
F. Qualification Data: For Waste Management Coordinator.
A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA-approved certification program.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having
jurisdiction.
C. Waste Management Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related
to waste management including, but not limited to, the following.
1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of Waste Management
Coordinator.
2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its disposition.
3. Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of containers and
bins needed to avoid delays.
4. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal
facilities.
5. Review waste management requirements for each trade.
1.7 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
A. General: Develop plan consisting of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/
revenue analysis. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout
waste management plan.
B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of construction waste generated by the
Work. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates.
C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be recycled, or disposed of in
landfill or incinerator. Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity
for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures.
1. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials
each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers.
2. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name,
address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility.
3. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating
recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location on
Project site where materials separation will be located.
D. Cost/ Revenue Analysis: Indicate total cost of waste disposal as if there was no waste management
plan and net additional cost or net savings resulting from implementing waste management plan.
Include the following.
1. Total quantity of waste.
2. Estimated cost of disposal (cost per unit). Include hauling and tipping fees and cost of collection
containers for each type of waste.
3. Total cost of disposal (with no waste management).
4. Revenue from recycled materials.
5. Savings in hauling and tipping fees that are avoided.
6. Handling and transportation costs. Include cost of collection containers for each type of waste.
7. Net additional cost or net savings from waste management plan.
E. Forms: Prepare waste management plan on forms included at end of Part 3.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION

10/09/2014
A. General: Implement waste management plan as approved by Construction Manager. Provide

handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste
management plan during the entire duration of the Contract.
1. Comply with Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for operation, termination,
and removal requirements.
B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for
implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan. Coordinator shall be
present at Project site full time for duration of Project.
C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as
appropriate for the Work occurring at Project site.
1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within 3 days of submittal return.
2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan
procedures and locations established for recycling, and disposal.
D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum
interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to
be recycled, reused, donated, and sold.
2. Comply with Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt,
environmental protection, and noise control.
3.2 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL
A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers.
1. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate
recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical.
2. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until they are
removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each
container and bin.
a) Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found.
3. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and
shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.
4. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees.
5. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather.
6. Remove recyclable waste off Site and transport to recycling receiver or processor.
3.3 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE
A. Packaging
1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry
location.
2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials.
3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site.
For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with
requirements for recycling wood.
4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for
recycling wood.
3.4 DISPOSAL OF WASTE
A. General: Except for items or materials to be recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials
from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of
accumulate on-site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and
areas.
B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials.
C. Burning: Burning of waste materials on Site may be permitted by the Engineer, but only at areas
designated by the Engineer, and provided required permits are obtained. Provide full-time monitoring
for burning materials until fires are extinguished.
D. Disposal: Transport waste materials and dispose of at designated spoil areas, if any, on Site.
E. Disposal: Transport waste materials off Site and legally dispose of them.
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 017800 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTAL DEFINITIONS 1
1.3 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2
2.1 GENERAL 2
2.2 RECORD DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS 2
2.3 HEALTH AND SAFETY (H+S) FILE REQUIREMENTS 2
2.4 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE REQUIREMENTS 2
2.5 EXTRA STOCK REQUIREMENTS 3
2.6 ENGINEER'S REVIEW 3
3.1 GENERAL 3

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 017800 Closeout Submittals
10/09/2014
SECTION 017800 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. Closeout submittal definitions.
2. Submittal requirements.
3. General product requirements.
4. Record Document requirements.
5. Health and safety file requirements.
6. Warranties and guarantee requirements.
7. Extra stock requirements.
8. Engineer's review.
C. Related Work Sections: and Documentation
2. Section 013523 Employer Safety Requirements.
3. Section 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data and Manuals.
4. Refer to individual Work Sections of the Specification for specific requirements regarding
closeout submittals.
1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTAL DEFINITIONS
A. Record Documents: Current records of changes and the deviations to the Tender Drawings, the
Specification and Shop Drawings, updated as the Work progresses.
B. Record Drawings: Final record of changes and deviations to the Tender Drawings prepared and
submitted at completion of the Work.
C. As-built Drawings: Marked Shop Drawings indicating current records of changes and deviations to the
Work, at completion of the Work.
D. H+S: Health and Safety.
E. O+M: Operation and Maintenance.
1.3 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
B. Prepare and submit the following submittals, and as specified by the individual Work Sections of the
Specification.
1. Record Documents, General:
a) Record information on a set of documents provided by the Engineer or as agreed for use by
the Engineer, Employer and Contractor.
b) Use felt tip marking pens, maintaining separate colors for each major system, for recording
information.
c) Submit final Record Documents just prior to Taking-Over and before preparing Record
Drawings.
d) Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction.
e) Specifications: Submit an electronic copy of the marked and scanned version of the
Specification via project collaboration website together with related addenda and Variation
Orders and other modifications to the Contract, in quantities noted within Contract
Conditions for hard copies.
2. Record Drawings: Minimum 5 No. prints of each, and 1 No. electronic copy in latest release of
AutoCAD or other acceptable format.
a) Submittal for Review: Each record drawing shall be submitted electronically in latest release
of AutoCAD in both DWG and DWF format or other acceptable format for Record
information review by the Engineer.
b) Final Submittal: Submit an electronic copy of final Record Drawings after incorporating
comments by the Engineer during Record Information review stage, on same drawing set as
prepared for "Submittal for Review". Provide hard copies of each drawing in quantities noted
within Contract Conditions.
3. As-built Drawings: Submit an electronic copy of As-built Drawings in an acceptable format
produced to a relevant and acceptable scale. Provide hard copies in quantities noted within the
Contract Conditions. Submit upon completion of the design, manufacture and installation phases,
in accordance with the Contract Conditions.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 017800 / 1 Closeout Submittals
10/09/2014
a) Supply minimum 2 No. full document sets of As-built Drawings on 'Read-only' CDs. The
CDs shall be from a reputable, acceptable and single manufacturer, containing all drawings
in DWG format acceptable by prior agreement with the Engineer. Drawings shall be grouped
as per the agreed structure of hard copy sets, each group contained within an appropriately
named folder. No folder shall be split between CDs. The file structure and nomenclature
system shall be submitted to the Engineer for separate review.
b) Provide all CDs in a plastic jewel case of acceptable quality. Graphics and Title inserts shall
be submitted for acceptance by the Engineer, showing as a minimum, the following items:
1. Project Name.
2. Employer's Name.
3. Engineer's Name.
4. Package Number and Title.
5. Contractor's Name.
6. Date.
7. Serial Number.
8. Index of Content.
c) Each CD and jewel case shall be clearly and indelibly marked by title or referenced as
referred to in the index. CDs shall be collated and delivered to the Engineer in purpose
made containers of accepted material and design. Each container shall have a hinged top
with locking devices to ensure a secure and dust tight seal to the main body of the
container. The containers shall be labeled as above on the outside of the lids.
d) All submitted As-built Drawings, copies, hard copy paper versions, and each copy of CDs
shall be subject to the acceptance of the Engineer. The Contractor at his own expense shall
replace any item, which is not accepted by the Engineer.
4. O+M Manual Submittals: Refer to Section 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data.
5. Extra Stock: Provide quantities of extra stock as specified in the individual Work Sections of the
Specification. Coordinate with the Engineer and Employer for location of this stock.
C. Final Completed Stamp for Closeout Submittals: Stamp accepted closeout submittals with the words
'Employer's Documentation'.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Provide information describing the systems and materials used in the Work to verify operation and
maintenance requirements.
2.2 RECORD DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to Section 017839 Project Record Documents for general record document requirements,
Record Drawing requirements and As-built Drawings requirements.
B. The review of Record Documents by the Engineer shall not constitute a waiver or variation from the
Tender Drawings, Specification or Shop Drawings, or relieve the Contractor from his responsibilities to
have performed the Work in accordance with the Tender Drawings and the Specification, or to prepare
Record Drawings as specified.
C. Prepare Record Drawings from Record Documents kept on Site during the Contract period.
D. For O+M Manual general data requirements, material and finish data requirements and equipment
and system data requirements, refer to Section 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data where
applicable.
2.3 HEALTH AND SAFETY (H+S) FILE REQUIREMENTS
A. Prepare a comprehensive H+S file as part of the O+M Manual.
B. Include information as required by the H+S Coordinator or as directed by the Engineer.
C. Include design risk assessments for the project components as required within the individual Work
D. Refer to Section 013523 Employer Safety Requirements for additional information where applicable.
2.4 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE REQUIREMENTS
A. Prepare certified warranties and guarantees specific to the performance of the systems, materials and
components, for specified periods, as specified in the individual Work Sections of the Specification.
1. Include relevant standard warranties and guarantees available for installed materials and
products, when a warranty or guarantee requirement is not expressly specified in the
Specification.
2. Leave the date or the warranty's beginning of time blank until the Date of Taking-Over shall be
determined by all parties.
B. Include in the warranty confirmation that the installation has been inspected and completed in
accordance with the warranty requirements of the manufacturer, as applicable.

10/09/2014
C. Warranties and guarantees shall be addressed to the Employer.

1. Verify that warranty and guarantee documents are in proper form, contain full information, and
are notarized.
2. Co-execute warranty and guarantee submittals when required by countersigning the forms.
3. Retain warranties and guarantees until time specified for submittal.
a) Submit originals of each warranty and guarantee in a compiled binder, indexed separately
per the table of contents for the Employer's Record File.
b) Refer to Section 017836 Warranties for additional requirements.
2.5 EXTRA STOCK REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide extra stock materials, as specified in the individual Work Sections of the Specification, upon
completion of the Work.
B. Materials shall be of same manufacture and quality as those installed in the Work.
C. Provide a list of recommended extra stock materials for the Work. Include unit prices applicable to
each individual Work Section of the Specification, separate from the Tender submission, for use by the
Employer for future purchases.
D. Suitably package and crate extra stock materials in the sizes as agreed with the Engineer and the
Employer. Mark each packaged item as Extra Stock and include the Project name, location, details of
products or equipment including names and reference numbers and manufacturer's name, in easily
read non-removable format.
E. Provide the extra stock indicated in the Contract Documents.
F. Catalog extra stock items and include the applicable listings in the separate section headings of the
O+M Manuals to aid the Employer in understanding what extra stock is available for immediate use.
2.6 ENGINEER'S REVIEW
A. Review of Record Documents by the Engineer shall not constitute a waiver or variation from the
Tender Drawings, Specification or Shop Drawings, or relieve the Contractor from his responsibilities to
have performed the Work in accordance with the Tender Drawings and the Specification, or to prepare
Record Drawings as specified.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Prepare specified O+M Manuals for the Employer, for the maintenance and operation of the various
systems and components as indicated in this Section and in accordance with Section 017823
Operation and Maintenance Data requirements.
1. Format: Refer to Section 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data for requirements.
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 017823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 DEFINITIONS 1
1.3 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 1
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 1
3.1 O+M DATA FORMAT REQUIREMENTS 1
3.2 O&M MANUAL GENERAL CONTENT REQUIREMENTS, EACH VOLUME 2
3.3 O+M MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES 2
3.4 O+M MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS 3

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 017823 Operation And Maintenance Data
10/09/2014
SECTION 017823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. Submittal requirements.
2. Quality assurance requirements.
3. O+M data format requirements.
4. O+M Manual general content requirements, each volume.
5. O+M Manual for materials and finishes.
6. O+M Manual for equipment and systems.
3. Refer to individual Work Sections of the Specification for specific requirements regarding O+M
data.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. O+M: Operation and Maintenance.
1.3 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Operation and Maintenance (O+M) Data
1. Submit an electronic copy of the preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents of
O+M Data before the start of Work, for Record Information review by the Engineer.
2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and
operated by the Employer, submit completed documents within 14 calendar days after
acceptance.
3. Submit an electronic copy of completed documents, and hard copies in quantities noted within
Contract Conditions, 21 calendar days prior to final inspection.
a) 1 No. copy shall be returned, with the completed Record Information review submission
performed by the Engineer, the returned copy shall include any applicable Engineer's
comments. Revise the content of all document sets as required prior to final submission.
4. Submit copies of revised final documents in final form, and hard copies in quantities noted within
Contract Conditions, together with DVD copies of each manual within 14 calendar days after final
inspection.
B. Operation and Maintenance (O+M) Manual
1. Submit hard copies, in quantities noted within Contract Conditions, and a soft copy scanned onto
CD, unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Conditions. Submit O+M Manuals in the format
specified in Section 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data.
2. Submit manuals 1 month prior to Taking-Over, unless otherwise indicated in Contract Conditions.
3. Temporary Manuals: Make available at commencement of commissioning to enable the
Employer's staff to become familiar with the installation.
a) Provide a minimum of 2 No. manuals, 1 No. with provisional Record Drawings, and 1 No.
with preliminary performance data.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Prepare instructions and data by approved personnel experienced in the maintenance and operation
of described products.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 O+M DATA FORMAT REQUIREMENTS
A. Prepare the data in the form of an instructional manual for the user of the building's systems and
components. Include details of activities, equipment and materials required to maintain the building, in
the following arrangement.
1. Comprehensive descriptions of the building materials and systems, including lists of component
parts.
2. Associated full size drawings, folded to fit in the binder A4 size.
3. Manufacturer's installation, adjusting and aligning instructions.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 017823 / 1 Operation And Maintenance Data
10/09/2014
4. Full maintenance instructions for materials and systems including but not limited to the following
items:
a) Details of frequencies and methods of washing and cleaning procedures to maintain
performance and visual appearance of visible surfaces.
b) Preventative maintenance procedures for each material, product or system where
applicable with recommended maximum periods during which their performance can be
maintained. Include as a minimum, details of periodic checks, adjustments, inspections and
cleaning, without damage.
c) Procedures for removing components for repair and replacement.
5. Endorsement indicating the manual accuracy and completeness of the installations.
B. General Requirements
1. Prepare manuals in English, and Arabic if requested by the Employer, with typed text, double line
spacing, and in a font acceptable to the Engineer.
2. Binders: Commercial quality, size A4 three-ring binders with hardback, cleanable, plastic covers;
50mm maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent
groupings.
3. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title "Operation and Maintenance Instruction
Manual": list title of project and identify subject matter of contents.
4. Arrange content by product and system in accordance with the Specification Work Section
numbers.
5. Provide tabbed fly leaf for each separate product and system, with a typed description of the
product and major component parts of equipment.
6. Cross reference the Health and Safety (H+S) File described within Section 017800 Closeout
Submittals with applicable items in other parts of the O+M Manual. Cross referencing shall be
acceptable to the Engineer.
C. Temporary Manuals: Provide the same format as the final manuals.
1. Replace temporary manuals with the final documentation for O+M Manuals when commissioning
and performance testing is complete.
2. Where the final versions of the O+M Manuals contain temporary placeholders for scope to occur
after Taking-Over and before Final Completion, replace these placeholders as the items are
closed out to the acceptance of the Engineer.
D. Organization of Final O+M Manual: A4 size, in plastic covered, loose leaf, 4 ring binders with hard
appropriately titled covers, each manual indexed and tabbed and identified dividers. Drawings shall be
A1 size and shall be folded so that they may be unfolded without being detached from the rings.
E. Manual Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data.
1. Carefully edit standard published information to include only those items installed. Where editing
is not appropriate, strike out the relevant items.
F. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of
text pages.
3.2 O&M MANUAL GENERAL CONTENT REQUIREMENTS, EACH VOLUME
A. Table of Contents: Provide the title of project; names, addresses and telephone numbers of Employer
and Contractor with the names of responsible parties; and schedules of products and systems,
indexed to the content of the volume.
B. General, for each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of
Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts.
C. Manufacturer's Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component
parts and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information.
D. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and
systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use project Record Documents as maintenance
drawings within the O+M Manuals.
E. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data and drawings. Provide logical sequence of
instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions.
F. Warranties/ Guarantees included in O+M Manuals. Each applicable warranty or guarantees should be
included within the relevant portion of the O+M Manual. This item shall be a copy of the executed
document.
1. All original warranty and guarantee documents shall be turned over to the Employer in
accordance with Contract Conditions.
3.3 O+M MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. For all Building Products regarding applied Materials and Finishes; provide the following items.
1. Product Data: Mark each sheet with the catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture
designations.
2. Provide detailed information for re-ordering custom manufactured products.

10/09/2014
B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Include the manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning
agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods and their recommended
schedule for cleaning and maintenance.
C. Moisture protection requirements and for Weather-exposed Products: Include product data listing
applicable reference standards, chemical composition and details of installation. Provide
recommendations for inspections, maintenance and repair.
D. Additional Requirements: Provide as specified in individual Work Sections of the Specification.
E. Provide a listing in the O+M Manual Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed fly sheet and
space for insertion of applicable project data.
3.4 O+M MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. For each Item of Equipment and each System; provide the following items.
1. Description of the unit or system, and all component parts.
2. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
3. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests.
4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts.
5. Include color coded wiring diagrams as installed.
6. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required.
7. Include manufacturer's printed O+M instructions.
8. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.
9. Provide as-installed control diagrams by the controls manufacturer.
10. Include test and balancing reports.
B. Panelboard Circuit Directories: Provide electrical service characteristics, controls, and
communications; typed.
C. Operating Procedures: Include startup, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and
sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include
summer, winter, and any special operating instructions.
D. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and
trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting,
balancing, and checking instructions.
E. Parts List: Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams
required for maintenance.
F. Coordination Drawings: Provide relevant Coordination Drawings for the equipment or system, with
color coded piping diagrams as installed. Refer to Section 013113 Project Coordination for
Coordination Drawing requirements.
G. Valve Charts: Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve, keyed
to flow and control diagrams.
H. Spare Parts: Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended
quantities to be maintained in storage.
I. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual Work Sections of the Specification.
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 017839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS 1
1.3 RECORDING REQUIREMENTS 1
1.4 RECORD DOCUMENTS REQUIREMENTS 2
1.5 RECORD DRAWINGS REQUIREMENTS 2
1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS 2
1.7 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS REQUIREMENTS 2
3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE 3

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 017839 Project Record Documents
10/09/2014
SECTION 017839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. Maintenance of Record Documents.
2. Recording requirements.
3. Record Documents requirements.
4. Record Drawings requirements.
5. Record product data information requirements.
6. As-built Drawings requirements.
7. Execution recording and maintenance.
1.2 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain at the Site office for the Engineer and/ or Employer's use as required, 1 No. record copy of
the following items.
1. The Tender Drawings.
2. The Specification.
3. Issued Addenda.
4. Processed Variation Orders and other modifications to the Contract.
5. Reviewed submittals including: Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
6. Site test records.
7. Inspection certificates and checklists.
8. Manufacturer's certificates.
9. Manufacturer's instructions for assembly, installation and adjusting.
B. Store Record Documents and samples in the Site Office apart from documents used for construction.
Provide files, racks and secure storage for Record Documents.
C. Label and file Record Documents in accordance with the Division and Section number listings as
listed in the Specification and to the acceptance of the Engineer. Label each document "Project
Record" in neat, large, printed letters.
D. Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for
construction purposes.
E. Keep Record Documents available for inspection by the Engineer as requested.
1.3 RECORDING REQUIREMENTS
A. Maintain a set of Record Documents at the Site for the intended purpose to actively record information
on the Tender Drawings, the Specification and Shop Drawings, updated periodically as Work
progresses.
1. Include variations and modifications to the Contract made by addenda.
2. Record information concurrent with construction progress. Do not conceal the Work until the
required information is recorded.
3. On Record Drawings mark each item to record actual construction.
4. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Employer.
B. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section the description of actual products
installed, including but not limited to the following items.
1. Record the manufacturer's name and product model and reference number. Note any
manufacturer option items included in the installation.
2. Record product substitutions and alternates utilized.
C. Marking Color System: Provide felt tip marking pens, maintaining separate colors for each major
system, for recording information. Submit proposed color system to the Engineer for acceptance prior
to implementation.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 017839 / 1 Project Record Documents
10/09/2014
D. Other Record Documents: Maintain the manufacturer's instruction manuals and certifications,
inspection certifications, field test records, and other Record Documents required by individual Work
E. Plant Record: Provide a daily record to the Engineer in a format to be accepted by the Engineer,
showing the type, model and capacity of all mechanical and power operated plant employed in the
Work. The Contractor shall not be permitted to remove any plant or material unless written acceptance
is obtained from the Engineer.
F. Labor Record: Provide a daily record to the Engineer in a format accepted by the Engineer showing
the number and description of craftsmen, laborers and other persons employed on or in connection
with the Work, including those parties employed by Subcontractors. This record shall be incorporated
in to the Daily Reports in Section 013226 Construction Progress Reporting.
G. Visitors Record: Maintain a record of visitors to the Site and submit at monthly intervals to the
Engineer.
H. Weather Records: Keep an accurate record of weather conditions including but not limited to the
following.
1. Daily maximum and minimum air temperatures, including overnight values.
2. Number of hours per day when work is prevented by inclement weather.
3. Provide at least 2 No. maximum and minimum thermometers at agreed locations with the
Engineer inside the building.
1.4 RECORD DOCUMENTS REQUIREMENTS
A. At Taking-Over of the Work, certify that each of the Contractor or Subcontractor revised prints for the
Tender Drawings and Record Documents stated above is complete and accurate and submit to the
Engineer for review and acceptance prior to submitting the final version of Record Documents to the
Engineer.
1.5 RECORD DRAWINGS REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide Record Drawings showing the 'As-built conditions' of systems and/ or materials on either a
copy of the Shop Drawings or of the Tender Drawings. Specifically identify variations from the Tender
Drawings and the Specification.
B. Legibly mark each copy of the Tender Drawings or Shop Drawings to record actual construction
including but not limited to the following items.
1. Measured depths of elements of foundations, in relation to the finished first floor datum.
2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances,
referenced to permanent surface improvements.
3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced
to visible and accessible features of the Work.
4. Site changes of dimension and detail.
5. Any installed details/ conditions not on the original Tender Drawings.
C. Where Record Drawings showing 'As-built conditions' using the updated Tender Drawings, show all
accepted changes. These Record Drawings shall have all the revision clouds and revision triangles
removed and the words "AS-BUILT" shall be written in the revision box above the title block. The latest
revision and date shall be indicated in the appropriate spaces.
D. Refer to Section 017800 Closeout Submittals for Record Drawing submittal requirements.
1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies
substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. Include a detailed list indicating each part
and catalog number. Also include a comprehensive description of special features.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be
readily identified and recorded later.
2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Site and changes in manufacturer's written
instructions for installation.
3. Note related Variation Orders and Record Drawings where applicable.
B. Upon completion of the Work and when instructed by the Engineer, provide information for each
product, component and system, as follows:
1. Certified manufacturing certificate.
2. Indicate guarantee periods exceeding the specified warranty periods.
1.7 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS REQUIREMENTS
A. Upon completion of the Work and when instructed by the Engineer, provide As-built Drawings as
finally fabricated and erected in accordance with the A-Action status for Shop Drawings submittals as
specified in Section 013300 Submittal Procedures.
B. As-built Drawings shall include Site variances, installation adjustments or variations and Site or
setting-out dimensional modifications, as installed.

10/09/2014
C. As-built Drawings shall be produced to complement the Operation and Maintenance (O+M) Manual for
the specific purpose of locating the elements within the building.
D. Refer to Section 017800 Closeout Submittals for As-built Drawings submittal requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE
A. Recording: Maintain 1 No. copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project Record
Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as they occur; do
not wait until the end of Project.
B. Maintenance of Record Documents: Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry,
legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to the project Record
Documents for the Engineer's reference during normal working hours and off-hours as requested by
the Engineer.
End of Section

10/09/2014
SECTION 019113 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 1
PART 1 - GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 DEFINITIONS 1
1.3 COMMISSIONING TEAM 1
1.4 EMPLOYER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 2
1.5 ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 2
1.6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 2
1.7 CA'S RESPONSIBILITIES 2
1.8 COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION 2
1.9 COMMISSIONING ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 5
1.10 SUBMITTALS 5
1.12 COORDINATION 5
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED. 5
3.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O+M) TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 5

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 019113 General Commissioning Requirements
10/09/2014
SECTION 019113 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
B. Section Includes
1. General requirements that apply to implementation of commissioning without regard to specific
systems, assemblies, or components including but not limited to the following.
a) Definitions.
b) Commissioning team.
c) Employer's responsibilities.
d) Engineer's responsibilities.
e) Contractor's responsibilities.
f) CA's responsibilities.
g) Commissioning documentation.
h) Commissioning acceptance criteria.
i) Submittals.
j) Quality Assurance.
k) Coordination.
l) Operation and Maintenance (O+M) training requirements.
3. Section 017900 Demonstration and Training.
4. Design Phase EPR and BoD documentation are included by reference for information only.
5. Bills of Quantities, General Requirements and Preliminaries document.
6. Individual Work Sections of the Specification for specific commissioning requirements.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. BoD: Basis of Design. A document that records concepts, calculations, decisions, and product
selections used to meet the EPR and to satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, standards, and
guidelines. The document includes both narrative descriptions and lists of individual items that
support the design process.
B. Commissioning Plan: A document that outlines the organization, schedule, allocation of resources,
and documentation requirements of the commissioning process.
C. CA: Commissioning Authority.
D. EPR: Employer's Project Requirements. A document that details the functional requirements of a
project and the expectations of how it will be used and operated. These include Project goals,
measurable performance criteria, cost considerations, benchmarks, success criteria, and supporting
information.
E. Systems, Subsystems, Equipment, and Components: Where these terms are used together or
separately, they shall mean as-built systems, subsystems, equipment, and components.
F. O+M: Operation and Maintenance.
G. QA: Quality Assurance.
H. QC: Quality Control.
1.3 COMMISSIONING TEAM
A. The commissioning team consists of all members necessary to execute the accepted Commissioning
Plan. The team includes the CA, the Contractor, Subcontractors, suppliers, vendors, Employer
operations staff, the Engineer, the Engineer's Design Team, certification agencies, members of the
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia Statutory Authorities, and others deemed appropriate to execute the
Commissioning Plan.
B. Members Appointed by the Contractor
1. Individuals, each having the authority to act on behalf of the entity he or she represents, explicitly
organized to implement the commissioning process through coordinated action. The
commissioning team shall consist of, but not be limited to, representatives of each Contractor,
including the Project Superintendent and Subcontractors, Installers, Suppliers, and specialists
deemed appropriate by the CA.
C. Members Appointed by the Employer.

Issued For Tender - Rev 01 019113 / 1 General Commissioning Requirements
10/09/2014
1. CA: The designated person, company, or entity that plans, schedules, and coordinates the
commissioning team to implement the commissioning process.
a) The Employer's Representative shall engage the CA under a separate contract.
2. Representatives of the facility and the O+M personnel.
3. The Engineer and engineering design professionals.
1.4 EMPLOYER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Provide the EPR documentation to the CA and each Contractor for information and use.
B. Assign O+M personnel and schedule them to participate in commissioning team meetings. Provide
the BoD documentation, prepared by the Engineer and accepted by the Employer, to the CA and the
Contractor for use in developing the commissioning plan, systems manual, and O+M training plan.
1.5 ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Participate with the Employer in developing the EPR and BOD documentation.
B. Review the commissioning documentation and provide comments as necessary to the CA and the
Employer.
C. Participate with the Engineer, CA and Contractor in determining of the final controls system input/
output points, list and sequences of operation, as required to complete functional test procedures.
D. Assist the commissioning team in resolving technical problems that arise during construction, startup
and functional testing.
1.6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall assign representatives with expertise and authority to act on
its behalf and shall schedule them to participate in and perform commissioning process activities
including, but not limited to, the following items.
B. Evaluate performance deficiencies identified in Test Reports and, in collaboration with entity
responsible for system and equipment installation, recommend corrective action.
C. Cooperate with the CA for resolution of issues recorded in the Issues Log.
D. Attend commissioning team meetings held on a monthly basis.
E. Integrate and coordinate commissioning process activities with the Contractor's Construction
Schedule.
F. Review and accept construction checklists provided by the CA.
G. Complete electronic construction checklists as Work is completed and provide to the CA on a
fortnightly basis.
H. Review and accept commissioning process test procedures provided by the CA.
I. Complete commissioning process test procedures.
1.7 CA'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The following items outline the CA's responsibilities that have an impact on Contractor's activities and
responsibilities.
1. Organize and lead the commissioning team.
2. Provide commissioning plan.
3. Convene commissioning team meetings.
4. Provide Project-specific construction checklists and commissioning process test procedures.
5. Verify the execution of commissioning process activities using random sampling. The sampling
rate may vary from 1% to 100%. Verification shall include, but is not limited to, equipment
submittals, construction checklists, training, O+M data, tests, and Test Reports to verify
compliance with the EPR. When a random sample does not meet the requirement, the CA shall
report the failure in the Issues Log.
6. Prepare and maintain the Issues Log.
7. Prepare and maintain completed construction checklist log.
8. Witness systems, assemblies, equipment, and component startup.
B. Compile test data, Inspection Reports and certificates; include them in the systems manual and
commissioning process report.
1.8 COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION
A. Index of Commissioning Documents: CA shall prepare an index to include storage location of each
document.
B. EPR: A written document, prepared by the Employer that shall detail the functional requirements of the
Project and expectations of how it will be used and operated. This document includes Project and
design goals, measurable performance criteria, budgets, schedules, success criteria, and supporting
information.

10/09/2014
C. BoD Document: A document, prepared by Engineer, that records concepts, calculations, decisions,
and product selections used to meet the EPR and to satisfy applicable regulatory requirements,
standards, and guidelines. The document includes both narrative descriptions and lists of individual
items that support the design process.
D. Commissioning Plan: A document, prepared by CA, that outlines the schedule, allocation of resources,
and documentation requirements of the commissioning process, and shall include, but is not limited to
the following.
1. Plan for delivery and review of submittals, systems manuals, and other documents and reports.
Identification of the relationship of these documents to other functions and a detailed description
of submittals that are required to support the commissioning processes. Submittal dates shall
include the latest date approved submittals must be received without adversely affecting
commissioning plan.
2. Description of the organization, layout and content of commissioning documentation (including
systems manual) and a detailed description of documents to be provided with identification of
responsible parties.
3. Identification of systems and equipment to be commissioned.
4. Description of schedules for testing procedures along with identification of parties involved in
performing and verifying tests.
5. Identification of items that must be completed before the next operation can proceed.
6. Description of responsibilities of commissioning team members.
7. Description of observations to be made.
8. Description of requirements for O+M training, including required training materials.
9. Description of expected performance for systems, subsystems, equipment, and controls.
10. Schedule of commissioning activities with specific dates coordinated with overall Contractor's
Construction Schedule.
11. Identification of installed systems, subsystems, and equipment, including design changes that
occurred during the Construction Phase.
12. Process and schedule for documenting changes on a continuous basis to appear in Project
Record Documents.
13. Process and schedule for completing prestart and startup checklists for systems, subsystems,
and equipment to be verified and tested.
14. Step-by-step procedures for testing systems, subsystems, and equipment with descriptions for
methods of verifying relevant data, recording the results obtained, and listing parties involved in
performing and verifying tests.
E. Test Checklists: The CA, shall develop test checklists for each system, subsystem or equipment
including interfaces and interlocks, and include a separate entry, with space for comments, for each
item to be tested. Prepare separate checklists for each mode of operation and provide space to
indicate whether the mode under test responded as required. Provide space for testing personnel to
sign off on each checklist. Specific checklist content requirements may be included in related
specifications. Each checklist, regardless of system, subsystem, or equipment being tested, shall
include, but not be limited to, the following items.
1. Name and identification code of tested item.
2. Test number.
3. Time and date of test.
4. Indication of whether the record is for a first test or retest following correction of a problem or
issue.
5. Dated signatures of the person performing test and of the witness, if applicable.
6. Individuals present for test.
7. Deficiencies.
8. Issue number, if any, generated as the result of test.
F. Certificate of Readiness: Certificate of Readiness shall be signed by each Contractor, Subcontractor
(s), Installer(s), and CA certifying that systems, subsystems, equipment, and associated controls are
ready for testing. Completed test checklist signed by the responsible parties shall accompany this
certificate.
G. Test and Inspection Reports: The CA shall record test data, observations, and measurements on test
checklists. Photographs, forms and other means appropriate for the application shall be included with
data. The CA shall compile Test and Inspection Reports and test and inspection certificates and
include them in systems manual and Commissioning Report.
H. Corrective Action Documents: The CA shall document corrective action taken for systems and
equipment that fail tests. Include required modifications to systems and equipment and revisions to
test procedures, if any. Retest systems and equipment requiring corrective action and document retest
results.

10/09/2014
I. Issues Log: The CA shall prepare and maintain an issues log that describes design, installation, and
performance issues that are at variance with the EPR, BoD, and Contract Documents. Identify and
track issues as they are encountered, documenting status of unresolved and resolved issues.
1. Creating an Issues Log Entry:
a) Identify the issue with unique numeric or alphanumeric identifier by which the issue may be
tracked.
b) Assign a descriptive title of the issue.
c) Identify date and time of the issue.
d) Identify test number of test being performed at the time of the observation, if applicable, for
cross-reference.
e) Identify system, subsystem, and equipment to which the issue applies.
f) Identify location of system, subsystem, and equipment.
g) Include information that may be helpful in diagnosing or evaluating the issue.
h) Note recommended corrective action.
i) Identify commissioning team member responsible for corrective action.
j) Identify expected date of correction.
k) Identify person documenting the issue.
2. Documenting Issue Resolution:
a) Log date correction is completed or the issue is resolved.
b) Describe corrective action or resolution taken. Include description of diagnostic steps taken
to determine root cause of the issue, if any.
c) Identify changes to the EPR, BoD, or Contract Documents that may require action.
d) State that correction was completed and system, subsystem, and equipment is ready for
retest, if applicable.
e) Identify person(s) who corrected or resolved the issue.
f) Identify person(s) documenting the issue resolution.
3. Issues Log Report: On a periodic basis, but not less than for each commissioning team meeting,
the CA shall prepare a written narrative for review of outstanding issues and a status update of
the issues log. As a minimum, the CA shall include the following information in the issues log and
expand it in the narrative:
a) Issue number and title.
b) Date of the identification of the issue.
c) Name of the commissioning team member assigned responsibly for resolution.
d) Expected date of correction.
J. Commissioning Report: The CA shall document results of the commissioning process including
unresolved issues and performance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. The Commissioning
Report shall indicate whether systems, subsystems, and equipment have been completed and are
performing according to the EPR, BoD, and Contract Documents. The Commissioning Report shall
include, but is not limited to, the following items.
1. Lists and explanations of substitutions; compromises; variances in the EPR, BoD, and Contract
Documents; record of conditions; and, if appropriate, recommendations for resolution. This report
shall be used to evaluate systems, subsystems, and equipment and shall serve as a future
reference document during Employer occupancy and operation. It shall describe components
and performance that exceed requirements of the EPR, BoD, and Contract Documents and
those that do not meet requirements of the EPR, BoD, and Contract Documents. It may also
include a recommendation for accepting systems, subsystems, and equipment.
2. EPR and BoD documentation.
3. Commissioning plan.
4. Testing plans and reports.
5. Corrective modification documentation.
6. Issues log.
7. Completed test checklists.
8. Listing of off-season test(s) not performed and a schedule for their completion.
K. Systems Manual: The CA shall gather required information and compile systems manual. Systems
manual shall include, but is not limited to, the following items.
1. EPR and BoD, including system narratives, schematics, and changes made throughout the
Project.
2. Final commissioning plan.

10/09/2014
3. Commissioning Report.
4. O+M data as specified in Section 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data.
1.9 COMMISSIONING ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
A. The CA acceptance criteria shall be developed from the Contract Documents and equipment
manufacturer's operating criteria. The Contractor shall be responsible for meeting contractual
requirements found in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be reminded of his responsibility
for furnishing a working system. All items logged as deficient shall be corrected per the Contract
Documents.
1.10 SUBMITTALS
A. Commissioning Plan Pre-final Submittal: The CA shall submit 3 No. hard copies of the pre-final
commissioning plan. Deliver 1 No. copy to each Contractor, 1 No. to the Employer, and 1 No. to the
Engineer. Present submittal in sufficient detail to evaluate data collection and arrangement process. 1
No. copy, with review comments, will be returned to the CA for preparation of the final Construction
Phase commissioning plan.
B. Commissioning Plan Final Submittal: The CA shall submit 2 No. hard copies and 2 No. sets of
electronically formatted information of final commissioning plan. Deliver 1 No. hard copy and 1 No. set
of discs to Employer, and 1 No. copy to Engineer. The final submittal shall include a copy of the pre-
final submittal review comments along with a response to each item.
C. Test Checklists and Report Forms: The CA shall submit sample checklists and forms to each
Contractor's QC manager and Subcontractors for review and comment. Submit 2 No. copies of each
checklist and report form.
D. Certificates of Readiness: The CA shall submit Certificates of Readiness.
E. Test and Inspection Reports: The CA shall submit Test and Inspection Reports.
F. Corrective Action Documents: The CA shall submit corrective action documents.
G. Pre-final Commissioning Report: The CA shall submit 3 No. hard copies of the pre-final
Commissioning Report. Include a copy of the preliminary submittal review comments along with the
CA's response to each item. The CA shall deliver 1 No. copy to Employer and 1 No. copy to the
Engineer. 1 No. copy, with review comments, will be returned to the CA for preparation of final
submittal.
H. Final Commissioning Report Submittal: The CA shall submit 3 No. hard copies and 2 No. sets of
electronically formatted information of the final Commissioning Report. The CA shall deliver 1 No. hard
copy and 1 No. set of discs to Employer, and 1 No. copy to the Engineer. The final submittal must
address previous review comments and shall include a copy of the pre-final submittal review
comments along with a response to each item.
A. Instructor Qualifications: Factory-authorized service representatives experienced in training,
operation, and maintenance procedures for installed systems, subsystems, and equipment.
B. Test Equipment Calibration: Comply with test equipment manufacturer's calibration procedures and
intervals. Recalibrate test instruments immediately whenever instruments have been repaired
following damage or dropping. Affix calibration tags to test instruments. Instruments shall have been
calibrated within six months prior to use.
1.12 COORDINATION
A. Coordinating Meetings: The CA shall conduct biweekly coordination meetings of the commissioning
team to review progress on the commissioning plan, to discuss scheduling conflicts, and to discuss
upcoming commissioning process activities.
B. Pretesting Meetings: The CA shall conduct pretest meetings of the commissioning team to review
startup reports, pretest inspection results, testing procedures, testing personnel and instrumentation
requirements, and manufacturers' authorized service representative services for each system,
subsystem, equipment, and component to be tested.
C. Testing Coordination: The CA shall coordinate sequence of testing activities to accommodate required
QA and QC services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing
construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
D. Manufacturers' Field Services: The CA shall coordinate services of manufacturers' field services.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O+M) TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
A. Training Preparation Conference: Before O+M training, the CA shall convene a training preparation
conference to include the Employer's O+M personnel, each Contractor and Subcontractors. In
addition to requirements specified elsewhere in this specification, perform the following actions:
1. Review the EPR and BoD.
2. Review installed systems, subsystems, and equipment.
3. Review instructor qualifications.

10/09/2014
4. Review instructional methods and procedures.

5. Review training module outlines and contents.
6. Review course materials, including O+M manuals.
7. Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction.
8. Review and finalize training schedule and verify availability of educational materials, instructors,
audiovisual equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays.
9. For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted weather conditions and
procedures to follow if conditions are unfavorable.
B. Training Modules: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each
system, subsystem, and equipment.
End of Section

10/09/2014

Specificaion

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Specificaion

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Specificaion

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Al Malga Development - Riyadh, KSA

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

SECTION 011000 SUMMARY 1

PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED 12

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

SECTION 011000 SUMMARY

1.5 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND USE

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

1.10 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY, PERFORMANCE SPECIFIED WORK

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

SECTION 011400 WORK RESTRICTIONS 1

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) 1

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

SECTION 011400 WORK RESTRICTIONS

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

SECTION 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 1

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

SECTION 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

5. Cost Breakdown Comparison Requirements

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

d) Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

SECTION 012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 1

PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED. 1

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

SECTION 012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

SECTION 012900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) 2

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

SECTION 012900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

2. The Contractor 's construction schedule (preliminary if not final).

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

SECTION 013113 PROJECT COORDINATION 1

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

SECTION 013113 PROJECT COORDINATION

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

j) Requests due to a lack of adequate coordination by the Contractor.

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

SECTION 013119 PROJECT MEETINGS 1

General Requirements Specification AECOM Middle East

SECTION 013119 PROJECT MEETINGS